o <e
, Wk^mJ c
k #M4 \
4 klfiS#
€-*' ,«i“?5St|*||>
J /&mm
*■ M 4%v •& It
fAUnni ‘nt.r-.. ura-al h
^^f«£,T©T-SS-
imghj, *$m
|||.^Cft
i'$kmA ^ Ns#*! v^Vi
fefe f %pj
fetek **t /$&$
4Mh
p(( J ;%|
Jra\ ■*-•+? Si" /«»§£
*1 ’■SC'-. 4 /■’--■ •ir h &
mm
ism
»\
[CT|,.) T; NS®
wtefil^
qg$
iKxtM S
% #• ji«ii
|ilSi§5
p^#P
■s*5«s
fck' V 144
:>::4t5:i:'i:;r'^vl:-q44.
litsX 44?*
t\oJWpw»3 -\»P
4"j>g2jn
rff'
1 ”\. "M l.--s^£^3i5w%^S
M \»
m? wmk
mm
wsw'
?S3S
m&mMfc
Xfg ■' ’4 Wf!
kli:\ vi tills
w *> %-r
Mi\ ,4 e ll
f44j4#l
VffW-BgiV \>
*■£&#&£: 1
^|||t>
i -4 v/
4744
'i“’\ „
J Jo
w <* &td&.
mjW
^SggSX
3’ f/fea: 1.
X
Q*~~'i'-.<*S3
fllillS
X >. w
ifrWK-l 'XX Xf'psps;
ltMf«
kj m
ms*-
H%f *
Mi&m
mWwMM
MM-..f:.:t.£
1 &H-J M !
fiPv*
fpi® ^
Na&Sfe^ M
'''!'p:p!.-ps^M ’-:
„ ^ilP# __
^IkV MeW;
H «i 7 *
3kS£lf e# \
ffiVfli,
#1P!
- Av . \
mmfih
rhf -gs<( M
M|U T* wi
y®, sft, x#i
w O <3fi,i ;T=r^r-:2> jiTVli
a&Mftgsra
'MfDl?3v'4®Cr##
w
l€M&r ^
M&S
pill
3h .1 .- ISC
h ^|||tv Nv
^ Wl
MM M
IMS./ .1 As
1 &]Z$fO/ Wr*
M^N^rx>fp)
MlW M 1
i «ii>. &
a»|a«^&|7 -.c
,s>
v W^^v,^5Srrt>a'’
fSgs®
Wi^ii
■«fgoHi.iiwvil
;r m< H
ISM'
Mrrt£’ Wffftgi*'
X *'.. ikjl'-i^ic -r.Lfc3
. V
.
i
'
J/
i '
’
RANDOM RECORDS OF A LIFETIME ,
DEVOTED TO SCIENCE AND ART, 1846-1929
BY W. H. HOLMES
•ft
VOLUME II
0
SECTION I EXPLORATIONS
SECTION II EPISODES AND ADVENTURES
SECTION III EXPOSITIONS
SECTION IV CONGRESSES
y - v x
(t
2r
C t~
<*- 7S~
if 7S~A/
V • J2.
AM
■
*
■
■ ■ ::
, ■:
• - •" • ’
:
- • - ' * » - v
B-
■ . 1
■
EXPLORATIONS
1872-1920
1. Expedition to the Yellowstone Region, as artist to the
U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories 1872* (See
Volume III of this series and the Report of the Survey
for 1872.)
2. Second expedition to the Yellowstone with the Hayden
Survey, as geologist, 1878. (See Volume. JII of this
series and the Report of the Survey for 1878.)
3. Rocky Mountain exploration with the Hayden Survey in
Colorado, as artist 1873, and as geologist 1874, 1875
and 1876, and again with the U. S. Geological Survey
under Powell in 1887. (See Volume III of this series
and Reports of the Survey for the years mentioned.)
4. Survey of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado with Major
Dutton on the U. S. Geological Survey, as Assistant
Geologist. (See Volume V, of this series and Reports
of the Survey for 1880; also the Colorado Atlas published
in 1882.)
5. Archaeological explorations in Mexico with Mr. and Mrs.
Chain and W. H. Jackson, photographers, 1884.
6. Archaeological explorations in Mexico with Professor
Gilbert and Major Dutton in 1886.
7. Archaeological explorations among the ancient cities of
Yucatan with Allison V. Armour of Chicago in 1895. (See
Volume VIII of this series and my report on the expedi-
tion published by the Field Columbian Museum in 1897.)
8. Brief explorations in Cuba with Major Powell 1900, and
in Jamaica with Secretary Langley, the latter on the
study of the flight of the turkey buzzard, seeking the
secrets of flight.
\
,
,
.
-
: ' . : ■ ■
*
. -i •. ••
^ -
.
H
’
<•
r
•i . - i
.
..
■
.
. ■ . ■ v.
* *
, •
*
* .•
»•{ r
■ f- , ..
'
A -
■ • '
• .
: / : r !
• ' V V • - > ■ ■
;T •:
.
'■ ' ‘ . ' t : ' i i
. 4 '1':, ‘
i
? -
■ ‘
9. Archaeological explorations in Guatemala and Honduras
with Sylvanus G. Morley in 1916. ( See VoX of
this series and Reports of the Carnegie Institution
for 1916.)
10. Numerous archaeological explorations in the United
States extending from the Atlantic to the Pacific.
(See various volumes of the Geological Survey 1880-89;
the Bureau of Ethnology between 1880-1910, and a number
of Smithsonian Reports for these years.
11. The various explorations are, in a limited measure, re-
corded in subsequent volumes of these Records especially
in Volumes III to X, but more fully in the Annual Reports
and other publications of the Hayden Survey, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey, Bureau of American Ethnology, the Rational
Museum and the Field Columbian Museum, and various journals.
'
.
£"V
' . ' ■
.
-
, ■
VOLUME II
SECTION II , EPISODES AND ADVENTURES
1872-1930
)
EPISODES AND ADVENTURES
1872 - 19
1, Battle of the Snake and Mother Squirrel, Colorado, 1887.
2. Fishing and Cooking the Fish While Still on the Hook,
Yellowstone lake, 1872. Illustration.
3. Bear Story, Jemez Mountains, Colorado, 1887.
4. Our Hunter, Harry Yount and his Letter, Colorado, 1884.
Illustration.
5. An Adventure with Indians, Southwest Colorado, 1875.
Illustration, lariat.
6. Professor Gardner1 s Misfortune - Robbed of his Camp
Outfit by Indians, Colorado, 1875. Illustration.
7. An Indian Rabbit Hunt that looked like a Trap for Visitors,
1875. Illustration.
8. A Bear Story, the Double Retreat, Yellowstone Park, 1872.
Illustration.
9. The Fake Snipe Hunt, 1872. Illustration.
IQ. The Home of the Water Ouzel, Yellowstone, 1872. Illustration.
11. The Story of Rooky Mountain Jim, 1874.
12. Haming the Great Fountain Geyser, Yellowstone Park, 1872.
Illustration.
13. Death of our Guest, lady Blackmore, Yellowston, 1872.
Illustration .
*
.
.
. - ' ' :: '
.
,
'
’ *
? ' •' .. '
. ' . ' . .
*
-
.
-
-
&J
14. First Ascent of the Holy Gross Mountain, Colorado, 1873.
Illustration.
15. A Second Account, and the Annular Rainbow, 1873.
II lust rat ion .
16. Hayden* s Story of the Search for the Mountain of the Gross.
17. A Grizzly Sear Adventure and a Remarkable Sequel, 1874.
18. The Haming of Mount Holmes, Henry Mountains, by C-ilbert,
1875-76, and of Mt. Holmes, Gallatin Mountains, by Gannett.
Illustrations .
19. The naming of Holmes Tower, by G. Wharton James. Illustration.
20. Sketch of Ann Eliza Young, 19th Wife of Brigham Young.
Illustration.
21. Salt lake Gity in 1873. Illustration.
22. My Boy Pupil of the 1860s; the D.D., LL . D . , to today, 1931. K\|U
23. My Hear Disaster in the Jemez Mountains, Colorado, 1887.
24. The Militant Pack Mule and the Professional Packers.
Illustration.
25. Crossing on the Log Bridge, Sloth Fashion, 1873. Illustration.
26. The Breckenridge Trip to Mexico, 1899.
27. Thomas Moran* s Masterpiece, Gift of Mr. Pratt, 1928.
Illustration .
28. Introducing Mrs. C. D. Walcott for her lecture on Wild
Flowers, 1924.
■
.
.
.
.
* js?
:
•*
i .
.
-
, .
■
»
.
'
r
'
.
■
■
-
-
,
.
*
■
.
,
29. Search for an Appropriate Resting Place for Greenough's
Statue of Washington. Illustration.
30. "Competitive Examination" of the Refuse Heap after the
Patent Office Fire, 1877. Illustration.
31. Contents of the Great Pet, Potomac Fishers about 1878.
Illustration.
32. The Loubat Prizes, Won by W. H. Holmes.
33. Pinner with the President of Chile and Mrs. Montt.
34. A Chapter out of the past - Joseph Pennell. Illustration.
35. The Philadelphia Centennial, 1876.
36. Cliff House Models Prepared for the Centennial.
37. Testimonial to W. H. Holmes: Marcus Benjamin.
38. Biography Prepared for "Who fs Who in America."
39. Troubles of an Editor of Science.
40. The Yucatan Volans - a letter to Professor McGee.
41. Holmes at Home in the Colorado Mountains, 1875, a dog tent.
Illustration.
42. Wild Sweet Pea Blossoms, Colorado, 1873. Illustration.
43. A Bit of Colorado Scenery
Illustration.
.
'
( X
■
. r .
.
'
-
-
'
: '■ ' . , ^
.
. . ... ■
■
.
.
• . . : ;■ ' . . - ' .r :-T « l-
1
.
. r -
.
.-6, OJ bi^
^UL4-i- CMt. si vV"V-
— * — t*Vw .1— •!■<.. ( C,^.. i '/V 0 ■■■,-- f |/C~t (./ ^ jtf jAa
'Jbi-i *• |D^|TW~^aA^. < V'- flU'V'^v x, «v
. % / ^ \
.-- _ . v'Lv- x4 ^yVA4<tA »
I c
Q
? U / •
J' L.,< (^-e^jy__ &,
^ I ^., v^5 4,-^ws,
( /
w
l' * ^ w j * ■/!
^ 'V- // H»^y S-. / /u, ■! *^rt t * /■-' M
K wr%'**v ^
V
f^A pnr^, P*
L**“*»' $ #. *=- • H> ••• f / n > /> /* /,-/ / # j ^ .
O / - j S m (r* ’ ■ i : f •/ r ; f t
V f <i t /]
Q *-*-v ■ ^'4a,^jv-;v Ct,^v"t« CA.,.\,
— A^i b-j it
1
5-v
a,. ^ i
L
1
w
'
»
■
.
.
■
I I
' ■■■',, , - : i . ■ i II
■
B
_
n
.
>#
■
■
.
THE SQUIRREL ML SHAKE STORY
Letter to Mrs. Holmes from the Survey Gamp
in the Jemez Mountains, Colorado, Aug. 1887
The monotony of camp life was broken yesterday even-
ing, August 22, by a little episode which may be of interest
to you. I crossed the creek to take a short stroll in the
woods that border the valley on that side. Presently I
noticed what I supposed to be two squirrels fighting or quarrel
ing in a large tree some 30 or 40 feet above the ground. The
<l*U
chattering was spasmodic and seemingly agonizing. In the top
of the tree was a nest of leaves. Surprised at the extra-
ordinary activity displayed I stopped to look and soon conclud-
ed that it was not two squirrels but one squirrel fighting some
other creature - perhaps a snake. In order to settle the
matter I went back to camp and got my field glasses and pistol.
With the aid of the glasses I soon discovered a large snake
coiled up on a large branch near where it joined the trunk,
some twenty-five feet above the ground. The squirrel was
fighting for her young. I watched her vain attempts to dis-
lodge the snake. She would spring from the tree trunk above
so as to graze the reptile as she descended, turning quickly
aside just in time to avoid the serpent fs thrust with open
mouth sometimes falling off among the branches below and
scrambling up again to renew the attack. Again she would
.
: i
.
.
■
- •
.
'
.
-■ f i
< '( z'1
n
■
>
'
■
■V
■
’
'*
1 .
'
■
"
■
■
shoot along the branch chattering with an emphatic crescendo
#
until within a foot of the uplifted head of the snake when she
would spring back and forth threatening to spring again hoping
to throw him off his balance or turn him back. But her every
effort failed, and when she had exhausted every possible means
of driving him off, she suddenly turned about, ran up to the
nest above and seizing a young one in her mouth ran down past
the snake, but on the opposite side of the tree, and made her
way into a neighboring tree. She was chattering all the time
and fumbling and apparently fondling the young one. She was
not satisfied, however, but leaving the young one kept coming
back and I soon found out why -- I shot the snake and he came
tumbling down, and as I '-reac^e^ him I was fairly startled by
what I saw -- the snake had two legs with clawed feet, a new
~ i 4
feature in snake dom and I felt myself on the verge of a great
discovery and consequent fame. The' mystery was soon explained,
however. A young squirrel had been swallowed and two of its
legs were protruding from the bullet holes on opposite sides of
the snake *s body.
The distress of the mother squirrel was pathetic and
«
her attacks on the snake heroic. After depositing the young
one in the neighboring oak, she came back again and again look-
ing for the lost one which had been swallowed by the serpent.
The motherly care of the squirrel' for her young, and the human-like
intelligence which led her, when she realized, that her most strenu-
ous efforts to drive away the snake were in vain, to turn about and
save the other little one carrying it down the opposite side
-
.
.
.
,
'
■
‘
■
'
V- .
of the tree to make sure of saving it from the fangs of the
serpent was most remarkable •
I carried the snake to camp where
of much interest, especially the two legs
its sides. I shot three times - each
the last one, tearing the beast’s head to
him down. / o
Robin’s Cries Bring
Aid as Blacksnake
Casts Spell on Him
Mother Bird and Three
Young Already Eaten !
When Help Arrives.
Special Dispatch to The Star,
LEONARDTOWN, Md., July 18.— A
male robin, fighting gamely for his life,
was rescued last night in a tall apple
tree by its incessant calling when a
large black snake, -which had eaten its
mate and three young birds, was
attempting to attack the father robin.
Wilson Buckler and Johnson Wood of
Loveville were attracted by the bird’s
frantic cries and rushing out of the
house, armed with a hoe and flash light,
saw the snake up the tree mear the
house and the reptile trying to
hypnotize the robin.
The young men hastily set fire to a
pair of old trousers and holding this
up to the tree, smoked the snake down
and killed it. It measured 6 feet long.
When cut open the mother bird and
three other young birds were dead.
It is believed that this is the mate
to the other black snake killed here
several days ago, which had devoured
10 hen eggs and 6 turkey eggs, and
when killed measured some 6 feet long
'also.
/a &
{(L-J / f l 2—
it was an object
projecting from
shot taking effect
pieces, brought
a i _ i 7
■ t\ V' v.‘ «w
/5
OH YELLOWSTONE LAKE, 18 72
2. This is one of my pen sketches illustrating
the unusual occupation of catching and cooking fish
without removing them from the hook. The hot
springs build up indurated deposits around their
basins along the margin of the lake and erosion by
the waves often leaves the basin partially or wholly
surrounded by the waters of the lake.
Two interesting episodes of the work of the year
in the Jemez region are recorded in letters to Mrs. Holmes:
<5, THE BEAR STORY
JEMEZ MOUNTAINS » COLORADO, 1887
For a long way I rode up over an ancient village site,
then up sharp ridges among the timber until I came to a flat-
tish timbered shelf that lies along the base of the final as-
cent. Here at the elevation of about 1000 feet above camp I
found many small ruins and some pottery. The final step of the
plateau consists first of a steep slope up which I had to lead
my mule zig-zagging back and forth over the rocks and slides.
This slope ends against the base of the capping cliff which is
in the main nearly vertical and from 100 to 300 feet high. It
extends so for many miles. I hitched my mule on a little shelf
at the base of this cliff and began to look for a place reduced
or broken down sufficiently to let me climb it.
As I skirted the base of the cliff to the right I hap-
pened to look down the steep slope below and there, about 20
feet below, was a grizzly bear. He was nosing along and did
not see me, but he was going right toward my mule and I concluded
£
very quickly that that would not &o since by going 20 feet further
he would give my mule such a fright that he would break loose
and rush down the mountain. I had no gun or pistol so I shouted
nBoo,hoo,tT at the bear. He glanced up quickly and saw me, and
made a spring away from me, facing down the steep slope. At
this moment I pushed off a big stone and sent it after him, flying.
.
*
■
.
.
'
/ 1
.
'
'
.
-
.
■
*
■
■
.
.
; - ’
»
,
, . ■ * ' , •• 1 . 'v-
■
The result was "too funny for anything," The mountain was very
steep for a long distance below and covered with loose stones
and scattering trees, Down this slope the "bear plunged and the
"big stone and many other loosened stones after it - rattle, "bang,
crash - until the cliffs re-echoed the uproar. I never saw a
"beast make such time and the stones were more rapid than he and
made enormous leaps until they caught up with him and both, with
many added stones, went out of sight together down into a rocky
gorge nearly half a mile below me. It was a laughable termina-
tion of the incident, but a good riddance of an ugly customer.
The wild mountain declivities echoed probably for the first time
in their history with roars of amused laughter tinged possibly
with a shade of relief on the laugher Ts part,
I soon reached the top of the cliff by. a very ticklish
climb, pulling myself up by little notches in the rocks, and
the gooseberry bushes that grow in the crevices. From the
summit I had ra broad view of the valley and the surrounding
mountains, made a sketch and cut my initials and the date in
the rock that forms the extreme point of a projecting shelf of
the plateau and then, on account of a thunder storm which sudden-
ly broke across the plateau I hurried down to my mule. In the
rain I pulled the unwilling animal by main force down the steep
mountain face.
Taking a different course from the ascent I encountered
a cliff midway in the slope and had a hard time, going back
again and taking another spur and getting into camp late, wet
and tired. The boys were quite excited that a bear should be
so near and wanted to go on a hunt.
'
.
■ '
f
.
.
t
*
,
, .
*
!
'
' T
♦
.
'
.
... ...
.
... ' ■ - - ' '
.
'
■
.. >■' •• "
-
w
HARRY VOUNT
HUN Tea
- havoen sur vj~v f%7j.
He was an able hunter and served the Survey
in this important branch for a number of years
in the Yellowstone and in Colorado. See his
letter which follows.
1
« 2o
^ fi CL-kAt — )
Us'l'LJ =r (/?„.,.
/ti> <16 , UlV~.
JjjttHA
/>.
/ ' ' .
yArt/-x-is . u/ Xx, O-^xj^f ,
vi cl^a ssCAtACCC^' , i y ca^\
(ya ^vh &J cj /to JClu
( ■ . / / 2S <V : > /
//
' ^ ^ ^ - /‘2/£/
'•»,u2 -/ _,C'U— C. ^x.A 4 /
$4t
•o£ , 0 >>A ^ u 2/ /Oi/ A ^/x /l j a. i t
1^/ Ci ■■cl y/yvuXL ttiiotz '~//H,; 1
# / i xt.,j
y 'U~ t/Lf~-
ch-v^a_ jlit
s' nt/C 'i C i-iJ (VA l L*l /■/ f J / l ^ C.. ‘ X i i j,
<i ' XiCOdL*' ' ()tl'A/U'^\j y ^-t^CsA.
ISs
: /t//- /uxhjjL CJiv-tf\iuXy) (t[C '' ClA/J^j /fti t.cifCs/
' J?>7
• \/^JL
tc .. / ^
^ox/ Aic-wx- <x^/l cu.u 1 Ai {\mj: .,t’XtCi
&9A ct fuuM A ■O'&ij^-C- oi'ij. / i'£o&fas>
.s^’Xx-\t.~\V 1/ o» t X
<
“ 7 XAh^Aj aaJ t l (jy. * i
<Jcc \JA-C%pf : j/. /.•£./.
y a ^ • ■ "' ,/v’
<24-4? Ji# 4?' /r 7?
/f f - /IAPU/A 'l* 9 e.m
h /A
tl/
QCO
' , ; t ■/&
C£-~1 iJyt Xc 9 A: ^
/T
>•- ,jT
j.
f
. fi
Ast
A ' 1 v-t / a fisi/K-
1 y / - ■ '
/* .. $0^*4 ryc^i
.
cs
-\ %
,
V/
Oi w (
A^A~ 'A/t V i f / t~ • ;
^ M
/
./
//
yS-&
■ ' ' xL. 1/ ✓££■
( / | !. ' . -J-c^vf\^jL rt'ji i y-)
t/ V
V V
y <■ / i 1
' V'
Aifr'' >.' -■
f ^
a
y
h-(
4 JO
v c /,/j:' H t ^
✓ l/# / I
-/ ' (
;
N-
~ l ■ ■
a
■
.
.
,
'
) .
5
■
'
.
.
■
-
-
AH ADfSHTUBl. HTH THB XKDI AHS *
August 4th and 5th, 1875,
From My Field Hot eh© ok
August 4th* Moved 14 miles down the San Juan Tall ey,
in southwestern Colorado, within a few miles of our western
line (109° 3S01 )* Passed by the mouth of the Montezuma, a deep
valley with a dry bed but bordered by many cottonwoods* Met an
outfit of Indians consisting of four men and five squaws. The
two younger fellows were impudent, devil-may-care fellows* The
two older were quieter and more polite* The oldest was a tall,
slender man of say 50 years with a sober, composed countenance
and a mouth of un -godly width. He shook hands and called me
*Mi Amigo n{ my friend) said also that they were Havahoes. They
drove some SO or SO sheep and goats and Indicated that their
"wickiup51 would be made at the Junction of Montezuma and the
San Juan* On© of the Indiana who rode by my side asked to
see my rifle, which, as -usual, was slung across the front of
my saddle, but I declined the favor as it might have been a
difficult matter to recover it in case he should be tricky*
My outfit soon came up and I took the® to camp four miles be-
low the mouth of the Montezuma. Chittenden ( Oeorge B) ,
topographer, had crossed at the wagon trail ford and was making
a station south of San Juan river* The Indians advised him
to "pitua" (get out) up the river, but Chittenden didn’t "pike"*
The night following was destined to be one of unusual excitement
for our party, 1 was awakened at ten or eleven 0* clock by
a confusion of sounds and the excited inquiries by Chittenden
and others as to who could be yelling on the south side of
the river * At the same moment my ear caught the hoarse yells
of some one apparently in the greatest excitement# 1 was on
®y feet in an instant and shouted in reply# It was fom
Cooper, our chief packer* He was yelling, talking and swear-
ing in the most desperate manner, and I could only make out
that something very disastrous was happening and that our
help was instantly needed# He seised our rifles and hurried
out to meet him in the dark woods bordering the river, and
soon learned that we had possibly escaped what might have been
a serious disaster# Early in the might as fom happened to
be lying awake in his- tent he noticed that there was some
rather unusual disturbance among the herd and presently that
the bell began to tinkle as if the bell-horse were trotting or
running# fhe herd was evidently moving down the valley along
' . •• - i * « ' • j ,ac * • ; • ' ; .. ;• r, * . . • '*■
the river bank* He ms up in an instant and after them#
f t -lj. V V , ,,-v ' ' '• t .• r - r* • V r V - i
Steadily they moved sway and he followed but found it very
difficult to get closer to them* He suspected nothing wrong
only that they had been frightened by a coyote or some other
wild beast, in which case they would certainly soon stop# Al-
ready he had chased them a mile or more over gorges &&d rocks,
and through weeds and brush and it seemed they would never
stop# the perspiration ws making him blind and his wind
was nearly gone* Suddenly all sounds ceased, the bell was
silent# Se could only keep on toward where he heard the
sound last, and to his amassment he discovered the herd Just
ahead of hi® 'rounded up in a elftae hunch standing quit© still
in the darkness. He passed around them thus to turn them
hack toward camp in case they should be fri^itened* H© ©am©
within a few feet of the bunch, and approaching more closely
was about t© place his hand on the face of the old bald-faced
bell-horse when the horse shook his head and there was no bell,
and it suddenly dawned upon Tom that these strange movements
of the animals were not mad© of their own will but under the
guidance of the band of Indian desperadoes* The explanation
cam© very suddenly# A flash of lightning revealed the crouch-
ing forms of two savages, almost within the reach of his foot,
engaged in cutting the hobbles from the two hobbled mules* they
©aught sight of him at the same moment and were so struck with
abasement that they thought only of flight * With a bound they
sprang upon their ponies and were off like a shot. fom, doubt-
less somewhat ©tunned, did not take, to flight but Jumping on the
nearest mule started the herd toward camp uttering the most fear-
ful yell© at every jump# fhe red-skins, as they flew up the
valley and over the rolling hills must have felt their blood
freeze at the very sound* Certainly they did not stop until a
long distance intervened between them and the scene of their
fright# In half an hour our animals were all safe in ©amp* We
thanked fom for having saved us from a great disaster - that of
, being set afoot in a practical desert E00 miles from the nesrest
habitation*
■ '
.
.
, „
*
- - •; .
. >
' *■> ♦
.
A -
» ■-
J l< •
; ' ' ' 1
; , /■
'
’
•’ ;; .
. - ,
9
,
' .
v- '
•- 1 . > .
' ■
• ’ ?
i
4
*
' - A • . ' ’ ■ ’ - : r-
'
I ‘ 3 ’ ' i '' '
• !
’ . - - ' i ... . 1 ••
• • • . : ■ ! - ■ .■ -
. ! I I ‘ i4i-i t :
.
' ■ ' : , ‘ 1 f ' '
l *.■
: - - / , ■
J . 1
' ■ ! ■
.
,
v ‘ *
• - » ’ : -
. . i | • • , 3 v , ,
■
I -B3 •
•c ■
r ■ ?
.
- , ■
*
, ■■ - , , >■'
, . *■ ■, ; 4
■ ■
V
.. . •
'
■
.
-
■
-
August 5th* On the following morning we rode out t©
th© seen© of , the mutual surprise party and there found the bell
which had been cut from the horse’s neck, a pair of hobbles th©
resawing of which, Just completed, had caused the delay that
had saved us, and also a pair of fine rawhide lariats dropped
by the thieves in their sudden retreat* (Photograph of sections
of the lariats are included herewith*)
All about were tracks showing what had gone on* We
then followed the trail of their animals back up the valley and
discovered that these two men had walked all the way from their
camp, four miles above, Indian file and that their ponies had
been brought around to them through a circuitous trail in the
hills. fm and John rode up the valley and found their camp
soon after while Chittenden and X climbed the mesa above to do
our dayfs surveying* The boys were determined to raise quite
a noise in th© wickiup of the supposed guilty redmen but felt
inclined to give up the idea when they discovered instead of the
four men seen yesterday, eight firree-looking devils crouching
over their pipes and looking forbidding enough in their sullen,
stoic mood* They were neither communicative nor polite, and
th© two boys earn© away impressed with th© notion, as Tom put it,
tfthat th© savages were determined to give us another deal yet*®*
Th© audacity of th© thieving pirates went ahead of anything we
had ©v@r heard of* lot only did they stay all night in the
oasap to which' we had tracked the® but at noon rode boldly down
5
• < r V
l t I* ■ • ....
« ; • ■ - ■{ " ■ / , ■
• ■ •' .
't .
?: .
-
■r •
'
*
I. •. _ I
V»- ;> T . •;»'
■
' ,,
. 1
t
V i,'
. i
Hi
,
.
*
. . 4T»
-
>■. ; ' - ;V ■ V ' /
,
- v a ' v .
*• - ’ ,i
■ ' ■
. »
v ■
*.
• . 1 • • . • - - tyv
>f ' " yj • i' : LH'.| .' ' "
.
- r
- .-. - < .V ■ . '
. - •; - :■ ■ v. - .
-
■
. -'v .
J
» l
• J ■' - " '■ ' ;
... - . . ■ , ... , ,
■ ■)
. • - . ; i:- ■ ' :
■ ■ "• 'A;. ■ ' ■ •
,
■
.
T '
1 .. . . . ,
- ' I - ' . * - ■ , . ..
■
.
. -
.
- V V. " _ I;' ' -V '■ l 4; V
.
•: ■■ - ■ . : . ' • v '
.
; .. ■' ; ■-
) >
J \ . ....
■ -- ; •' .
.
' ■ •; . . ;
: :1c:,
to our camp, dismounted and set themselves in a half -circle
in the middle of our camp and proceeded to scrutinize every
object in the outfit, and to beg this and pretend to swap for
that* One old scamp had the audacity to nudge me with his
©Ibow and order me t© bring a pail of agua (water) which 1 did
not do* W© treated them as coolly as possible, kept our rifles
within reach, and held such maimer of powwow as we could* Trad-
ed some matches for some arrows and gave them some bread to eat*
It appears that they were really trying to find their fin©
lariats, which we had hidden, and possibly to claim them* We
watches them so closely that they failed to steal any thing and
saw them depart at last with feelings of relief* These fellows
came ©ore nearly up to my notion of what a bad Indian should
look like than any that I had ever seen.
We mounted double guard for the night, determined to*
protect ourselves to the utmost. I think I recognized two of
the Indians as the same we met on the 25th of July bet?/een the
Mancos camp and !#& Plata mines* That party of four has doubt-
less been following ue since that time* They are cowardly
scamps who would not dar© to steal our stock when they could
be found out, or harm us personally if it were likely to endanger
themselves* They know that we sleep and eat and work by our
needle gun® and move with great caution in consefuense*
'
.
.
(p
Professor Gardner’s Party Attacked "by
A Band of Renegade Redskins At-
tack tke Hayden Party.
: Tke Scientists Fate Incessant Wire
For Twenty Soars.
Fotiv Mules and On© Good In*
dian Killed.
A He treat of Two Btandred. Miles.
The following letter, from James T. Gard- j
ner. Geographer in charge of the Western j
Division of the Hayden Survey, detailing
the thrilling experiences of the party in the
| wilderness of Western Colorado, was re-
I ceived in this city last night :
La Plata JKivek Miking Camp, ■>
| Aus. 22, IS75, S
| On Wednesday, August 4th, I met
Mr. Gannett, as I had hoped, on the Gunni-
son river, near its junction with the Grand.
Owing to high water, we had taken the re*
i sponsibility of changing the plan pre -
! viously approved by us of putting the sup-
ply camp at the junction of Grand and Gun-
nison rivers, and had pushed it westward
with his own train to the Dolores river. I
1 followed and overtook them in one day,
(' within eighteen miles of the Dolores. This i
point being on the Ute reservation, Mr. Gan-
nett considered it sate for a supply camp. I
| had, however, been informed by Ouray that
! the Indians in the Sierra la Sal mountains,
which lie in U tah, about thirteen miles west
of the Colorado line, were likely to steal
stock if they got a; good chance. He said
that a party of seven armed men would be
safe in the region, but they must watch
their animals carefully, and if one man was
caught out alone he might not be safe. In
! short, these Sierra la Sal Indians were repre-
| sented to me as sneak thieves, who would \
bear much watching. )
| For the sake of making it easier on the
night guard, and having enough men to sup-
| ply escort to the topographers, I had deter-
mined that if I could meet Mr. Gannett I
j would unite the two parties for the survey of
the country west of the Dolores. This was
accordingly done August 7th, when W8 left
Mr. Gannett’s supply camp on the Rio
Dolores, he leaving there Messrs. Holman
and Dallas, and sending back Hovey and
Babcock for more provisions. After the two
j parties had joined, I, of course, took general
charge of the whole, and am responsible for
all movements.
The scientific party now consisted of seven
men, viz : James T. Gardner, Henry Gannett,
A. C. Peale, Robert Adams, W. R. Atkinson,
Cuthbert Mills, Frank Pearson ; the em-
ployes, six in all, were Shep. Medera, Clar-
ence Kelsey, Jacque Charpiot, Benj. North-
ington, Charles McCreary and Judge Porter,
— thirteen in all. Seven were armed with
rifles ; the remainder with revolvers. Dur-
ing the march the men with rifles rode in
front and rear, and in camp a guard, regu-
larly relieved at stated times, watched the ani- 1
mals ; all except the cooks taking their turn.
During theflrst few days no fresh Indian signs
were seen, though we were continually
| scouting. When, at last, we marched to the
south end of the range to climb the highest
peak, which is a station of the primary tri-
angulation, we found fresh signs, and I took
the train far up through the woods to a little
(sheltered basin, directly under the peak, and
9,500 feet in altitude. The position was admir-
ably situated for concealment or defense. Two
thousand feet below, to the east of us six or
eight miles, we discovered an Indian camp
of nine lodges. This was August 11th.
These were just about on the line between
Utah and Colorado. On the 12th it rained
so that work was impossible. On the 13th
we climbed 3.000 feet to the top of the peak,
Kelsey and Pearson carrying the large the-
odolite. The day was too cloudy for trian-
gelation, but Mr. Gannett was able to com-
plete cue topography to our western line 109°
30. Six more lodges had joined the Indians
below us, making fifteen in all. On the 14th
I again climbed the peak with Pearson, mak- j
ing the last 2,000 feet in fifty-five minutes.
I worked six hours and made a very fine set
of observations of angles, completing the
primary triangles eastward, and carrying
new ones westward across the Colorado
Canon eighty miles to the Henery Range,
Powell’s triangulating points. In the even-
ing I made an excellent set of azimuth ob-
servations in Polaris, and thus completed
the work at the most important of our west-
ern stations.
££ About sixty miles travel southward of our
station lies the Sierra Abajo. The country
D a desert, intersected with barren ridges
aud impassable cafions. Only one spring is j
.known in the whole distance. This I judged
to fAvfor loiJps travel. F'rom the Sierra
Abajo a great plateau, whose altitude is 6,000
to 3,500 feet, stretches away one hundred
miles to the east and southeast. Seeing,
from our mountain, that the abrupt escarp-
ment which terminates this table on the
| north was only broken in one place, and this
was in the exact direction in which the
spring was laid down on MeComb’s map, we
directed our march toward this point on the
morning of the 15th, hastening to get away 1
from the dangerous region. When rocky f
blaffs hemmed us in, we took an Indian
trail leading in our direction. About 11
o’clock we came suddenly upon an old In-
dian and a boy, who, at the sight of us,
dashed away over a pinion -covered hill. We
Indians, 1875.
J laughed at their fright. In a few moments
| 'tfe came upon some patches of com which
they were irrigating by a little stream from
the very southern most point of the Sierra
La Sal. Two of the men declaring that they
had seen a number more Indians in the
thick pillion growth, we did not halt for wa-
ter, but pressed on. Ten miles further on
thft trail entered a canon country where
the endless precipices would have been im-
passable without its aid. We passed some
pools of muddy rain-water in the rocks,
where the muies got some to quench their
thirst. It was, however, so alkaline as to do
them little good.
About half-past four, when I was ahead
searching for water-pools, in a ravine, and
, Mr. Gannett was half a mile in the rear of
\ tb» train taking topography, nine Indians
came riding after him, making signs of f'riend-
sV' i and then shaking hands. He rode on
with them to the main party, when they de-
sired to shake hands with everybody. Messrs.
Gannett, Peale, McCreary and Northington
recognized three of them as being with a
band of women and children that they had
met on the reservation, twenty miles east of
the Dolores, where the band were engaged
in hunting. The Indians recognized Mr.
Gannett’s party, and recalled some incidents
of their former meeting. McCreary also said
quite confidently that he had seen the
spokesman of the party at the Los Pinos
Agency, ‘At the ration issue on July 1st. This,
■with the fact that they called themselves
Yampa Utes, and showed a mutilated paper
from White River Agency, quite disarmed
suspicion. They were very anxious for us
to camp at some mud-holes close by, but we
found that neither men nor animals could
drink the nasty fluid. They then tried to
trade for tobacco and powder. As we had
neither to spare, we shook hands, and, bid-
ding them “adios,” started forward over the
hill.
No sooner had the rear guard passed the
brow than the Indians commenced firing
from behind it. Kelsey and Adams came
very near being killed, bullets striking the
ground close to them. Being in the ad-
vance, I rode at once to the rear. The boys
begged to be allowed to charge the Indians,
but I considered it unadvisabie, considering
that they were protected by a hill, and
mounted on swift horses, and we on tired,
slow mules. I therefore ordered the train
forward in a trot to get out of range of the
hill behind ; then, taking Madera and Me
Creary with me, galloped toward a hill on
the right, and in advance, under which the
train must pass to reach more open ground.
The redskins were already upon the opposite
slopes, but we drove them from it, and held
the point till the train was out of shot.
Taking the advice of my most experienced
men, we camped in a sagebrush plain, as far
as possible from the hills. The position was,
however, exposed to fire at three hundred
yards from a ravine that would shelter the
enemy, and from a ridge five hundred yards
distant. I formed a skirmish line of Adams,
McCreary and myself, three hundred yards
from camp, and so placed as to command
these positions and protect the rest of the men,
who were unpacking and building a circular
barricade of the apparejos and baggage. The
Indians were thus forced to fight at very
long range, for we were hidden in the sage-
brush, aud fought to excellent advantage.
j&AYDIN AMONG- THE HILLS.
Tine U. S. Geelogleal and «eo»mptit-
ci«l Survey VV oris for 1875.
For the past week Mr. Jas. T. Gardner, j
geographer and first assistant of the survey,
has been here superintending the equipment
of seven field parties, Professor Hayden him-
' self being detained by official business in
W ashington till J uly . The rendezvous camp
of the expedition has been Fisher’s ranch,
on Clear creek, about four miles from Den-
ver. On Monday morning this camp will be
broken up and the seven divisions will march
to their respective fields of labor. Mr. Wil
son’s division will survey the southern part
of the San Luis valley, the mountains on the
east of it, and those ©n the west as far as the
head of the Rio Grande river. His southern
line is fifteen miles south of the boundary
between Colorado and New Mexico.
Mr. Wilson has already made a very accu-
rate survey of the San Juan mining region,
the map of which has just been published
by Professor Hayden.
Mr. A, D. Wilson is the topographer in
| charge of the division. Dr, F. M. Eadlich is
i the geologist, and Mr. F. Rhoda assistant to-
pographer.
Adjoining them on the west lies the work
of Mr. Holmes’ division. Southward it ex-
tends below the Colorado line, and west-
ward into Utah some sixteen miles. The
6,000 square miles in the extreme southwest-
ern corner of Colorado, which this division
will survey, is one of the most interesting in
the territory, as being the seat of that an-
cient civilizatian whose remarkable ruins
were discovered and photographed last year
by Mr. Jackson, of the Hayden survey. The
work which he began so^well last season will
be fully carried out this year. Mr. W. H.
Holmes is the geologist in charge of the di-
vision, Mr. G. B. Chittenden the topograph-
er, and Mr. Bradigee assistant topographer, j
North of Mr. Holmes’ work lies that of Mr.
Henry Gannett’s division, Dr. A. C. Peal
being the geologist and Mr. W. R. Atkinson
assistant topographer. Their area includes
the famed Uncumpahgre valley, the winter
paradise of the Utes, and that remarkable
plateau and cafioa country ou the Dolores
and lower Grand river, nearly as far west as
the main Colorado river.
Mr. Gannett’s discoveries in 1874 of the
cations 2,000 and 3,000 feet deep on the lower
Gunnison river have excited much interest
already. ^ ,
Mr. G. R. EUehier’s division will be en-
gaged in completing unsurveyed portions of
the mountains southwest of the Middle •
Park and south and east of South Park. ;
a work of these topographical and geo-
gical parties rests upon and is bound to-
gether by a primary triangulation, locating
all of the principal peaks in latitude and
longitude. This work is carried forward by
the geographer of the survey, Mr. James T.
Gardner, who this year will extend the great
net- work of triangles over the areas surveyed
by Mr. Gannett, Mr. Holmes and Mr. Wil-
To accomplish this Mr. Gardner
V
Professor Gardner*® party, which was surveying the
territory Worth of us at about the same date as that of our
adventure, was not so fortunate* A hand of Indians attacked
liis camp and kept them under long range gun fire for two or
three days* fhe party finally managed in the night to get
away on their saddle horses taking such things as could be
carried* As my party ascended one of the valleys on cur
• . *
way to the last a few days later, I was greatly surprised to
see a horseman appear over the summit of one of the mountain
ridges* He was followed by another and then another and I
:
finally recognised th© leader as ay friend Dr* Peele, geologist
of the Gardner party. He was followed by the party and they
were glad indeed to Join me and appease their hunger which was
1 • * •
fast tending toward a state of starvation. We were very glad
to get out of the Indian country and return home* We enjoyed
speculation, however, as to the possible enjoyment of the
Indians in utilizing the feather lined sleeping pouch which
Professor Gardner carried with .him on his mountain expeditions.
'
i \ 38 - I P '
.
■
1
. * • . : '' \
.
.
.
.
■
’
.
•
■
■
.
»
■
.
,
■
J 1 y' -
.
7jK u ■ : 6 h t *i t t ■ % - fl *
: V . , :
.
.
*
■
ROCKY MOUTITAIIi HEWS,
The Old Man of the Mountains.
— _ i
Eistory of tne Eboiiy*“€omi>leeJedl ”
Ute and Mis Band of Assassins who
Atiaehed the Hayden Explorers— An
Indian Istiniaellte whose Hand is
Asfaiast Every 9Ean.
I The following official document supple-
menting the account of the attack on Prof.
Gardner’s party, and describing the renegade
tUte who has instituted a “ reign of terror ”
in the Sierra La Sal, has been forwarded to
Dr. Hayden :
Denveb, September 18, 1875.— Srit : Hav-
ing had until now no access to the news-
papers for many weeks, I am surprised to ,
learn from the Hew York Herald's Washing-
ton correspondent of September 6th that the
acting secretary of the interior, in a conver-
sation with the correspondent, seemed to
understand me as placing upon the Ute tribe
the responsibility of the attack on our party,
and he very justly says that a powerful peo-
■ pie like them, familiar with every foot of the
| country, could certainly have killed every
| one of our little band of explorers had they
intended to. It was not my intention to
make the Utes, as a tribe, responsible for the
outrages ; nor do I consider them so, except
in the same sense that the community of i
Washington would be responsible for a band S
' of highwaymen infesting the road to Arling- i
j ton Heights. For the past thirteen years I
have been conducting geological and geo-
graphical explorations among the Arapa-
hoes, Cheyennes, Sioux, Shoshones, Pah
Utes, Apaches and Utes, often trusting to
the rifle alone for security, and often shot at
! by Indians simply to frighten. The differ-
j enee between an attack to kill and an
i attempt to intimidate become very obvious
after a varied experience with these tribes.
During the past few years our work has
been among the Utes, requiring ns to traverse
every part of the reservation. Though the
explorations have been objected to by the
more ignorant part of the nation, yet we
have had the constant support and protec-
tion of the most powerful chiefs, Ouray and
Douglass, and consequently, in general, good
treatment at the hands of their followers.
Our intercourse with these chiefs has led me
me to think highly of their wisdom, and to
regard them as true friends of the whites
and of peace. That it may be clearly under-
stood to whom we are indebted for the warm
reception we received at the Sierra La Sal, I
will give, in a condensed form, such infor-
i mation as I have been able to gather about
i them.
Iu 1873 I learned from some source not
. now remembered, that a small but high
group of mountains standing in the eastern
j edge of Utah, about latitude 39°, and called
the Sierra La Sal, was not inhabited
by Utes, but by a band of Pah Utes,
who had never made peace with the
; whites, but were in the habit of
committing small depredations over in Utah,
and then retreating across the Colorado river
Gallons to their mountain home. This must
have come but as a vague rumor through
the Indians, for no government expedition
had ever entered the range, nor prospector,
nor hunter that I have met. Knowing Prof.
Powell to be more familiar with the Pah
Utes than anyone else, I applied to him for
further information. He confirmed the re-
port that the range was inhabited by a band
of renegade Pah Utes, but I do not recall
what he said about their depredations. He
did not consider it unsafe for me to go among
them with a party of seven armed men. A
party of renegades is, as you know, a band
made up of the worst elements, who bid defi-
ance to all peaceful treaties of their tribes, j
and unite under some chosen chief to live by ;
plunder, fighting as guerillas.
Denver, September 22, 1875
year, I had
chief of the
On the 11th of July, of this
an interview with Ouray, head
Utes at the Los Pinos agency, in the pres
ence of Mr. H. F. Bond, the agent. Ouray
being convinced that we were sent to the res-
ervation by an express act of congress to col-
lect such information as the government
needed, and without which the respective
rights and relations of the whites and Indi-
ans could never be properly be adjusted,
promised full protection to our parties. He
then asked our routes of travel. It was all
satisfactory until I spoke of going to the
Sierra La Sal ; then he said that was not
good ; that the Indians there were robbers ;
! that they never came into any reservations,
either of the Utes or Pah Utes, but lived by
depredations in Utah, and by trade with the
Havajos ; that they were in the habit of kill-
ing one or two men found alone and stealing
i a few head of stoek over in the direction of
j Salt Lake, and then retreating aoross innu-
merable and almost impassible canons to
their mountains. He said nothing of their
trading with the Utes, at this time, nor did
he speak of nny Utes being among them,
and from everything said, I inferred that
they were Pah Utes. He said the band was
small and would not probably dare to attack
seven armed men, but that we must watch
our mules well. He also said that they were
farming in the vallies on the east and west
side of the mountains alternate years, and
that this year they ought to be on the east
side of the range. About two weeks after
this we met, accidentally, a Ute with his
family, traveling alone in the western
part part of the Elk Utes. After a hearty
dinner he grew quite genial, told us where
he was going, and asked our destination,
j We pointed out towards the Sierra La Sal
I aad explained that we were going there. He
seemed alarmed for our safety and tried to
persuade as not to go ; indicating by signs
and words that the Utes on the north, the
j eas^ and the south were friendly, and that
| we could hunt there in peace; but that the
; Sierra La Sal Indians would steal our stock
and kill us. From these warnings it is evi-
dent the band who attacked us have an es-
tablished reputation as robbers and murder-
ers, whatever may be the tribes to which
they originally belonged. It was this knowl- 1
edge which caused me to join Mr. Gannett’s
party wilh my own.
After our fight and the rescue of Messrs.
Holman and Dallas from their perilous po-
sition at the supply camp, I marched at
once to the Los Pinos agency, reaching there
September 10. Agent Miles acting as spe-
cial commissioner to investigate the Utes
was at the agency when I arrived. Agent
Bond sent for Ouray, chief of the Utes, and
Mr. Harris, the well known interpreter, and
I had a long talk with Ouray m the presence
of Agent Bond and Commissioner Miles. I
told the chief all that had occurred. He
immediately asked if the leader of the band
was an old man of unusually dark complex-
ion, and if he had several young men with
him of similar appearance. This very dark
complexion had been noticed by our party
as a characteristic of the old leader and two
°u Zbi men> when they came to
shake hands with us before the firing com-
menced. It was this old man and a boy
that we had seen at a corn patch on the south
end of the Sierra La Sal. There could be
no mistake about the identity and Ouray
said that the old man and his family had
been farming around these mountains for
yfar?L 116 was a very bad man,
who had robbed ana murdered for a long time.
Three years ago he paid Ouray a visit and
the chief advised him to stop raiding and
ir.lheressrvafcioa IadiaES- He answered
that he was not a dog to eat bread from the
hands of the white men, but intended to live
at war with them. Since that time Ouray
has not seen him, but through his Utes he
learned that last year the band killed cer-
tainly one and perhaps more miners on
their way from Salt Lake to the Sun Juan
mines. Ouray seemed surprised that the num-
ROC ICY MOUNTAIN NEWS ,
ber of the band had increased to fifteen
lodges, which he said would represent twen- ]
ty-five to thirty fighting men. The success
of this old desperado and his family has at-
tracted the lawless spirits of the surrounding
tribes, probably both Utes and Pah Utes.
He has gone so many years unpunished that
his evil example is beginning to tell power-
AjIIv on his neighbors., Ouray had supposed
Ifi'ac tbefe were only seven or eight men when |
he advised me that seven of us would be safe.
He recalled this to me, and said though mis-
taken in the number, he had nevertheless j
stated explicitly that they would either kill 1
or rob if they got an opportunity. I then
told him that it was as much for the interest
of the Utes to suppress this band of guer-
rillas as it would be for that of the whites to ,
j capture any band of Americans who should
go about shooting and robbing Indians ; and
that if he would furnish me some Utes to aet
as scouts, so that I might be able to tell the
difference between Ute and renegade camps,
I would immediately return with five of my
men and undertake to kill the whole of the
gang. To this he answered that the old man,
their leader, was a Pah Ute, and that the Pah
Utes, who had never been his friends, would
consider that he was making war upon one
of their sub-chiefs ; but that if the govern-
ment would supply regular troops and make
a formal request of him, he would supply
Ute^guides who knew every trail around the
iierra La Sal. I then asked where these rene-
gades got so much ammunition, and said,
“by trading with the Utes.”
Ouray did not express the slightest doubt
but that they would have killed us, as they
did the others before. It was certainly the
best opportunity for plunder that they had
ever had. To mm der a prospector is to se-
cure but poor pay ; a lew pounds of flour
and bacon, a blanket or two, a frying pan
and a shovel, with a few burros, comprise
his all. But here were eighteen heavily
loaded pack mules, with provisions, tents,
blankets, ammunition, etc., sufficient to last
them for an indefinite period ; fifteen saddle
animals, seven goad rifles, and last, but not
least, thirteen scalps to capture, which
would make them rioted braves for life.
Already reckless from years of unpunished
crime, secure in their mountains and cafions
which no white men had befL-e entered cer-
tain wealth and reputation WQre theirs if
they could only hold us twenty f©*r hours in
that cliff walled desert valley. As robber
band ever came nearer realizing then fu] ie8t
ambitions. That they fought so long
out killing any of us — for which we seem to
owe the public an apology — is due to the fact
that they shot at Buch long range, all but
one beiDg armed with muzzle loading rifles ;
and that they were shooting at objects mov-
ing. across the line of fire. It is a mistake
t© suppose that Indians are good shots when
under excitement. They are not nearly equal
to practiced white men. I have many times
been shot at for the purpose of frightening
by Indians, and they always slot far over-
head or off to one side ; but the second shot
which I saw these fellows fire, coming ob-
liquely from behind, passed between two of
the men who were so close that it must have
.been aimed at the foremost of the two. We
then drove them to sueh a distance that their
muzzle-loaders were of no use except to bom'*
bard the camp in a general way, hoping that
a stray ball might take effect somewhere in ;
so large a group as was formed by our mules
and men. At night all firing at two hundred
yards and over is mere chance ; for one can j
neither see the sight on their gun clearly, nor
can they see where the halls strike so as fo
get the correct elevation. In the night the
bullet which by accident lodged in our bell
mare, would have hit a man had it gone a
foot to the left. If ext morning we again kept
driving them to a distance by the accurate
long range practice of our fine breech-load-
ers. Once when obliged to pass within four
Denver, September 1875
hundred yards of a rocky promontory the
firing of the Indians was very last— too fast
for good aim — and the balls fell thickly
around the hurrying train. Here Mr. Atkin-
son’s mule was shot under him. In a few
moments all were sheltered by a hill, except
Mr. Adams, who was carrying orders from
me to the train. As he alone was exposed
the Indians all fired at him. as he rode up the
slope on a trot, their distance from him being
about five hundred yards. I could see the
bullets raise a little cloud of dust about him
as they struck the ground. The range was
too long for accurate shooting at a moving
object with their guns. But it is to be
remembered that uuring this half
day, whioh we spent marehing around
the valley seeking for an exit, these
Indians knew that we must evidently fail
and return to the trail to force our way up
the cafien — the only way that a pack train
could be taken to water. Once between
those rocky walls— along whose wooded and
terraced sides these Indians eould run their
agile ponies — it was evident to us and to
them that we could all be killed, with hardly
a chance of revenge ; they therefore chose
to take no risks, since the game seemed
theirs without it. When at last we appeared
to be eluding" them by a plan that they had
not expected, and they closed with us in that
final struggle in the woods, we were behind
trees and rocks as well as they. Our exposed
mules were shot at the first, but as scon as
they found us crawling around and above
them so that the least exposure meant death,
not one coward of them dared rise from his
hiding place to take aim. The whole history
of the frontier proves that where the Indian
and white come face to face in equal fight,
his nerve fails before that of the Anglo
Saxon. In this trying time, when the enemy
was within a hundred yards, Mr. Mills was so
anxious to get a shot at an Indian that the
bullets cut the twigs first ©n one side of his
head and then on the ether, before his com-
rades could persuade him to seek complete
shelter. After we had abandoned the packs,
is it probable that the Indians would have
ridden twenty-five miles to cut us off from
the next water unless they had wanted rifles,
mules and scalps ? Two of the packers who
fought bravely from first to last, were fron-
tiersmen— Shepard Madara became used t©
the sound cf bullets years ago in Montana,
and Chas. McCreary rose from the ranks to
a eaptainey fighting in the western army,
and afterward lived as a miner in Arizona
among the Apaches, where most of his party
were killed. These men do not frighten
easily, and know too well the sound of the
war ery and when the Indians mean death.
If this renegade band, after their former
record and this attack upon the United
States geological and geographical survey,
are allowed to escape immediate punish-
ment, their success will embolden every
desperate character in the neighbor-
ing tribes to join them or imitate
their _ example. Ho amount of white-
washing can make • these fellows pass
as injured brethren. The Sierra La Sal lie
on the most direst and what would be the
best trail — were it not for these robbers —
| from Salt Lake to the newly discovered
mines in the La Plata mountains, and at the
head of the San Miguel and Dolores rivers.
The route is practically closed by this hand-
ful of renegades who are bringing disgrace
on the peaceful tribes about them, and whom
the head chief of the Utes has promised to
assist in catching. Their home is within a
day ’s ride of the new Uncompagre agency, to
which a wagon road has been built. Their
country being thus accessible, I would re-
spectfully suggest that it be urged upon the
government to take immediate steps to pun-
ish the renegade band occupying the region
around the Sierra La Sal.
Very respectfully yours,
James T. Gaebnee,
Geographer.
To Peqf. F. V. Hayden.
T
V4 ’
tnvt tr
I had a laughable little adventure with a
party of Yavajos one day a little later. I
was riding toward a small Indian camp,
when, on ascending the face of a terrace, I
suddenly noticed two Indians sitting silently
and stiffly on horseback, each at some dis-
tance from the trail upon which I was riding,
so that I was passing about midway between
them. Soon I saw two others beyond sitting
in the same position, only nearer together ;
then two others still closer ; and, I soon real-
ized that I was riding into a long Y of
mounted Indians. Was it a trap? I began
to grow apprehensive. Finally a horseman
near the apex of the figure dashed up the
lines, not coming straight forward, but turn-
ing in and out, and raising a great dust and
noise. Directly he was followed by others,
and the m§lde became general. I was much
puzzled at these evolutions, but soon dis-
covered that it was a rabbit hunt, which they
laughingly invited me to join. They chase
the jack-rabbits thru the sage-brush, killing
them with sticks. .
BEAR ABTEHTOEE III TELIOWSTONE PARK - 187B
I had a curious little bear experience in the Gallatin Range
, V
when with the first Hayden expedition* As 1 rode along I saw
much small game and frequently tracks of mountain lions, hear,
deer and elk* I was forging ahead alone on my tired little
pony, when suddenly I saw a large hlack object just ahead. I
thought at first it was a horse, hut finally made it out to he a
large hlack hear rooting in the snow. I was armed with a pistol
only, and, deciding that discretion was the better part of valor,
turned about and heat a hasty and perhaps undignified retreat.
After returning to camp I secured reenforcements and returned to
seek his bearship, who of course had gone his way. Examining
the tracks made in the snow, I found that at the very moment I
had started in one direction the hear had started in the other,
and with such remarkable impetuosity as to clear ten or more feet
at a jump, while my tired pony hardly cleared more than a yard.
My chances of escape would have been very slight indeed had he
decided to come my way. We followed his trail and came upon
him in a deep ravine, where he was finally killed and the skin
carried to camp in triumph.
1929
It was not long after this that I found out that the hears
of the Park were as a rule not vicious, indeed inclined to he
friendly with visitors. Today, 57 years later, they have become
accustomed to visitors who infest the Park by tens of thousands.
They are almost domesticated.
.
-
.
7
Km
.
THE HYPOTHETICAL SNIPE HUT -- YELLOWSTONE PARK, 1872
The snipe hunt was arranged by members of the
Survey party for the benefit of young naturalists of
the Survey, On a dark night, as the scheme was
planned, the victim of the joke was induced to go to a
designated spot supplied with a suitable sack which was
to be held with, open mouth and with a lighted candle
before it. The birds, surrounded and driven in by the
members of the party, were attracted by the light,
rushed toward it and soon filled the sack. Some of
the boys claimed that the scheme had worked alright in
this case, but no one fully believed it as there were
no snipe in evidence.
i
.
.
' ,.;V . -V ■ -;
i
.
.. 1 •. ■ A : - i'o X ‘ 0 j
: . : . „ ' T ' V
: -i , ' ' 7 . i v • a a ;
.
■
.
■
« 1 .. ' .. a a: i; ^ . 0..
'
i
THE WATER OUZEL
(Taken from "Samples of notebook Pages, destroyed
on account of bulk, 1872, W. H. H.rf)
The odometer party started back to Camp. Peale,
Platt, Savage and I were left. During the day I made
some sketches in the canon below the lake and came upon a
very fine bed of fossils. While on a steep bank or slope
above the creek I noticed a strange little bird flitting
along the water edge. On the opposite side a large
stream of water poured out of the cliff some thirty or
forty feet high and spread in white dashing sprays down
over the moss covered rocks. The strange bird paused
on the wing before the beautiful cascade, flitted for a
moment and to my great surprise shot directly through the
foaming sheet of water, and I knew immediately that I had
found the home of the Cinculus Americanus - the Water Ouzel
Descending to the foot of the fall I attempted to see
through and behind the falling water but this was quite im-
possible, and in trying to reach through at the place where
the bird had disappeared, I was dashed away dripping wet by
the force of the heavy torrent. The next day Platt went
with me and by using a gum blanket to shield off the water,
the nest was easily reached. It contained three young.
■v-7-i
. - v* -t O
a
’
■ ■
. :
. .* • -• ■ . • • - 1 _ .
.
1 1
. . -■
.
■ !
w- ' : ■■ ' £ - :
• • r
.
1 ■ . -C- ■ ’ ■ - 1 V
t
L V
I
r* r\ i i i--i •
VX v^v\ 5 c Ol li . 0\ vat e cy^ 0A.0 n \ th.
jb 1
>i p ? * t^- __ _____
Vv-AA-W- C-T< • LXn-*. T ^ :&£, VVvf.iA/ (^W
Lxrv^*-^*^' (^|v<i a. ( t.*, v ;C W
jt*"{ |wi : (. (J--*- trxA-frL.il wrvvx^J ,£.i-t j t4X‘ L+4^. £ ft
Ci /6^cxc- 0 '
7u Ov C' C.- ^
<2^ /o s>-r v ^
' xw > -. 45
&
3 « e. .«'! . i .
'0X-, ( Lc W fv,.| tfr fc£wU t/t
<■
.
U^ftH
c-
.
I.
it
■
STORY OF ROCKY MOUNTAIN JIM. 1874.
"You know Rocky Mountain Jim.1 " "Yes." "He was
shot the other day." " Shot 1 how did that come about?"
"Well, you see he had been staying a good deal in Estes
Park during the last year and insisted on paying some
attentions to the daughter of Mr. Evans , the principal
ranchman of the locality. This was very displeasing to
the old gent, so Jim was forbidden the ranch. But the
temptation was too great and Jim very incautiously pre-
sented himself at the gate and was cordially greeted by
a charge of buckshot from the old inanTs fowling piece.
But I guess he will get over It; he has a charmed life,
that man has , Did you never hear how he was chawed up
by a grizzly about a year ago?" "Yes." "He came mighty
near his end, Jim did. Had the breath squeezed out of
his body and his eyes out -of his head, so that when he
came to his senses the first thing he did was to pick
them up and set them in place again."
"You see, I was in Middle Park at the time and
held him in my arms for two whole days after it happened,
so I ought to know how It was, Jim was prospecting some-
where along the Grand River near* Grand Lake, high up, and
happened to get short of grub; but he had nothing with him
but a six-shooter and it was pretty hard to get big game
with that particular kind of an iron. But he was an old fun
in the business and could most always get even with circum-
■ , .. . v : > . i .
- ■
.
i 1
'
v. C -
.-r
-
;; • ‘..v ' - i •'
■ ■
h-LC’ '•*
• -
-v •>
' ■ t . ■
- * •
■
• , 'S ■» '.-'j J
\ - ■ '• v
" ' '
;:r .
■ r ? ■
' : :
*■- V > v
'
•-••■•v: ;.c-
! | '’i i -> ,
■J /
.
.
■ < ^
f
■ •/; :'i 1 - ■ •
■
.
.
■
■
■
: • *, • •
- .
’ ■ ' • ' • ; '
-
.
,■ ... :
'■J • r‘ ' A -
*
■
i it
- J -
.
: r-
. .
J ; I r ^ J
:
J j v>
; V-
■ • /•
■ ■
.
■■
+ .
, ■ ■ , • • • • 1 . ‘ 1 !'i?
_ , ;;©*\.c ft-:-
...
r-- 1
v r r. ■
stances, no matter what odds. So, late in the evening,
Jim, followed by his little dog, starts out up stream to
a little lake. It was moonlight and dozens of deer would
come down out of the timber in the dusk of the evening
and later to drink. He finds a likely place and lies down
among the willow bushes near the bank to enjoy the moon
and wait for the game to come along. But the blasted dog
was not content to wait, but went off to hunt something
up and sure enough he did fall afoul of game enough, a
regular old Rocky Mountain grizzly, and fool like didn't
know enough to pass by and let the beast alone but fooled
about till he got the old fellow riled. Then he began to
think about his master and wanted to go home, but as fast
as he retreated the bear came tearing after. So, he turned
tail entirely and went for Jim, yelping at every jump.
Jim, roused from his meditations by this hasty approach,
rose to his feet just in time for the dog to pass between
his legs and meet the grizzly face to face. But the bear
was not looking for Jim so much as for the dog. So, he
didn't stop for compliments, but knocked the underpinning
from imder the flustered hunter and man and beast brought
up in a pile together and the responsibility was shifted
from the shoulders of the dog to those of his master and
a rough and tumble scramble followed in which the result
described above took place. *>)
■
i — . ... . •./ . „• t. . ... ^
lb
i .
.. . ■ ...> . *
■
■
i v
4
: : ' :: . '
. - ..... : ... c .. , . :■
- f 1 . . 02li I £: tJ £
: i < i f> ' .'. . ■ ' tl . ; fsjo rxvrcb .
•• : 1 1
-
0 0.. -X ... X .
'
> c ..
:: •: o : , ’ ; >
...
•• *
•X ; - - '
a tori w cf iff :
• >
r* r, .
■ ■ 1 /:■ ;> J J :: .
* 1 - ■
cl. ■ 0-c: o
.. j -
. .. ■' • -1 j , i.
ox *.t ,c
b; j:; J '
' : . C,- J'i ■■■.:
'■.) J
J-'j
.
lo Ixrx
. .
: ■ ;; j
J j '••.’X
T .
U i L i >
.ib Jt:u i. j.
j:t , ;
.... . VJ. 4 .
. ■
-J.. - • Vv - • f - v*‘ -
. J X
box
'
•
. .4 - • ...
■ :
- • r' v ^ 4.
FOl
■ • ’■ r >
, ) • x 1 j : 1 '
•
VO 1 1 0 *
.
x j: ■; •
ox 3uC o;x :x '
'V o ’
-/
i' . .
I;... X' ..'
vbx - ■_ . ; .
■
# *
f ' ' •
' j.
‘J; . J
I >. • > • J ■ ) . J
XXl,' :
s ' .•••, !•
" . t
.
„ ’■» "il
u‘; x:::j
I;: ' '. x:
, . ' , j
• i »• rr- r ■■ -» •»,- 1 ■ ■ r
' ' -v | S f \i J - • „
> X i l
’. . , - . I X .'
i
..
ob
1 V j ia t
id
••
o-
> . . . ; : £
' O OxX ’'Ixslxv
u
l ■ xx; ' ' . 1 •: ,X - x.1xf o; i : x o... ..
. V • x ■ ' t ' ' • 1 ' : r . '
• 1 ■. * x . ■ ■ . •' . • 1 1. ..... ../i .. ■ f - :r J . I'; xl ■ xx : x
rr'
", j ’ i .
cxx;
1
• * r .•
•••
-
. ' V. *
b . ix;
rrorfJ"€ . .: 11 q j 1 qi
• : " .• ...
. ij 1 3
*
1.o aoo.fi ' j
- Or
0 i.
. • . . . ;3 K ,i [ > '
•' . t lx. : . • )
1 1 -)X -
* oo ' •: " : x :... ..V .. o : . •
THIS GREAT FOUNTAIN GEYSER, 10 TEH GEYSER BASIE. YELLO "ST0IT3 NATION!! PARK.
DESCRIPTION BY W. H. HOXJvSS 7/HO GAVE THE GEYSER ITS NAME IN 1872.
"During our somewhat protracted stay in the lower has in, I
found time to observe pretty carefully all the geysers of any con-
siderable importance. Among the six or eight which throw columns
of water to the height, say, of SO feet, there is only one that
possesses the dignity and grandeur of the great geysers of the
T ■.
upper basin. Although, in some respects, it is much inferior to
its more popular rivals, in others it is certainly superior. In
approaching the crater of this geyser the observer is not at first
impressed with its importance, as the outer rim of the basin or
rather table - in the center of which the fissure is situated - is
raised but two or three feet above the general level. This ele-
vated part I should estimate to be upwards of 120 feet in diameter,
and, with the exception of the crater, it is built up nearly to a
level with the border. The surface, formed entirely of siliceous
deposit, is diversified by an Infinite number of forms and coders.
The depressed parts in some places are so level and white and hard
that a name could De engraved as easily and as well as upon the
oarlc of a beech-tree. In others there are most exquisitely modeled
basins and pockets, with ornamented rims and filled with perfectly
transparent water, through which thousands of white pepples of
geyserite could be seen lying in the white, velvety bottoms. Rising
above the general level are innumerable little masses and nodes of
cauliflower-like and beaded silica, standing out of the shallow
water like so many islands. Those near the crater swell into veiy
V
- -
. - ^
• ...
.
-
■
■
►
■V
.
.
, .
I
. . .
,
.
■
f-
*
.
.
m
.
.
■
.
-
■
-
.
■
.
.
-
,
large rounded masses. The whole surface is so solid that I walked,
"by stepping from one elevation to another, up to the very "brink of
the fissure, where I looked down with no little apprehension into
the seething caldron, where, IE or 15 feet "below, was a mass of
dark-green water in a state of constant agitation, threatening an
eruption. The crater is about 10 feet in diameter, lined with an
irregular coating of "beaded silica. The water soon began to rise,
plunging from side to side in great surges, sending up masses of
steam and emitting angry, rumbling sounds. This demonstration
caused a precipitate retreat, on my part, to the border of the basin,
thinking that I could appreciate the beauties of a scalding shower-
bath better from that point of view.
An irregular mass of water was thrown into the air in the
utmost confusion, spreading out at every angle and whirling in every
direction, some jets rising vertically to the height of 60 or 80 feet,
then separating into large glistening drops and falling back into
4
the whirling mass of water and steam; others shooting at an angle
of 45° and falling upon the islands and pools SO or 40 feet from the
base. The eruptive force, for a moment, dies away and the water
sinks back into the tube. Then, with another tremendous effort,
a second body of water is driven into the air, but with a motion so
much more simple than before that the whole mass assumes a more
regular form and is like a great fountain with a thousand' jets, de-
scribing curves almost equal on all sides and forming a symmetrical
whole more varied and more grand than any similar work by man. The
intermittent action continues for nearly an hour, but is so constantly
■
:
.
t
t ' • ■ ■ - • |
■
.
‘
»
•
•
,
.
.
,
.
v
'
■
*
changing that at no two moments during that time are the forms or
I
movements the same. The eruptions are repeated at irregular in-
tervals of a few hours and are not known to vary essentially from
the manner of action here described; yet I have good reason to
believe that at certain times there is a much greater exhibition
of power. It must be borne in mind that all the elevations, such
<
as the tubes, rims, and mounds about the crater of a geyser, are
built by the evaporation of the water, and the portion of surface
covered by the beaded silica indicates precisely the area over
which the erupted water falls. In no case did I observe the water
, fall outside of a circle of 60 feet in diameter, and the additional
force necessary to scatter It over twice that amount of surface
must produce a display truly magnificent. That this display
actually occurs is attested by one of our mountaineers and almost
demonstrated by the extent of the beaded surface. ^hiring the
earlier part of the eruption a considerable quantity of water flows
over the rim and down the sides, where it has formed a series of
t\J\ & C~ A-
basins somewhat similar in form and color to those at the springs
on Gardiner's River. Railing from one to another of these it
passes off down the slope and joins a large stream of hot water which
issups from a steady spring not far away.
A few hundred yards farther up the ravine, and on the opposit
side of the creek, I discovered a small spring that deserves in a
q^iet way to be one of the great attractions of this attractive
region* It is isolated from the neighboring springs and nestled
4 I
in against an abrupt Dank, so obscured by tall pines that the visitor
Is liable to pass it by unnoticed. In approaching from the creek
I passed up a gradually ascending slope down which the water flows,
covering in its meanderings more than an acre of ground and leaving,
wherever it touches, brilliant streams of color. About a hundred
yards from the creek I came upon the spring, the waters of which
stand nearly on a level with the surrounding surface. Approaching
the border I looked down into the blue mysterious depth and watched
the large bubbles of steam slowly rising to the surface and passing
off into the air. 'The larger of these bubbles would lift up a
considerable quantity of water sometimes to the height of 3 or 4
feet, producing a kind of spasmodic boiling and dashing a succession
of waves against the rim. The spring is surrounded by an irregular
rim which stands a few inches above, the general level of the water.
The basin is 20 feet long and 10 feet wide, one end being narrower
and partially separated from the main basin by an irregular row of
beaded islands and projections.
Although the spring and basin are very chaste and delicate
in form as well as color, there are other springs more beautiful
in those respects. But when I ascended the bank and looked down
upon the spring and its surroundings, I concluded, without the least
hesitation, that I had never seen anything so uniquely beautiful.
On the upper side of the spring, next to the bank, the water SS over-
flows xxx into large shallow pools, painting whatever it touched
with the colors of the rainbow. Beds of rich, creamy white and
rich yellows are 3 interlaid with patches of siennas and purples, and
divided up and surrounded by the most fantastic patterns of delicate
grays and. rich, browns. On the side next the creek the running
water has iaai.e a net-work of streams. In these where the water
is still hot, the colors are bright, varying from a creamy white
to the brightest yellows, but, as the water becomes cooler, farther
down, the colors grow darker and richer, the siennas greatly pre-
dominating, while the basins of the larger pools are stained with
still darker colors, frequently of a purple tint and reflecting
the picturesque groups of pines on their dark surfaces. Scattered
irregularly over the whole surface are numberless little areas of
dry deposit, from which the brighter tints have faded but which
still retain such a great variety of purple and blue grays that the
harmony of the whole field of color is delightful."
(Sixth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey of the Territori
187S, Pages 144 and 145.)
{
.
■
. - . . t
,
.
■
,
'
'
<
'
■
■ ■
- 1 ■.
*
Photograph by J. E. Haynes , St. Paul
The Spectacular Fountain Geyser, Seldom in Eruption
1
||i|H ^ - * % ■ - ' "
, - _. ... ...
, s,. . ... . ~ 'V^ ... " —
Great Fountain Geyser, Lower Geyser Basin, Euening.
Two views of the great Fountain Geyser,
Yellowstone Parle, named by W. H. Holmes,
13 .
THE HAYDEN SURYEY OF THE YELLOWSTONE PARK, 1872
DEATH OF LADY BLACKMORE
It was a melancholy duty of the party in
1872 to follow the tody of Lady Blaekmore, wife of
the great traveler, Sir William Blaekmore, who
accompanied us that year, to a humble grave at the
base of the great range of mountains known as the
Gallatin Range. Afterward, eight days were spent
in ascending one of these snow-capped peaks, that it
might be appropriately and officially named Blaekmore
Peak.
Temporary grave of Lady Blackmore,
with fence to keep out the wolves.
■
I V
ig :
V CAAi ^
cum~r *1
tfyMn /r rtidyr
uL
■/ ■**"
-i...
J X
UJb Xi
jcxy c : ,
By .< . H. Holmes, of the Hayden iixplorinr SxpedJ i,
jntil the middle of June the great front range of the Pocky
Mountains had been Gr owned with an unbroken covering ox snow, and
the higher peaks looked forbidding enough to cool the ardor of the
most ambitious mountaineer, fte spent a few months on the plains
and pine-covered foot-hills watching impatiently, the faces of the
mountain® he marked how the snow line moved gradually upward, how
the black rocks began to peep out making innumerable black patches,
and how the snow finally occupied only small areas where it had
filled depressions and accumulated in deep drifts. Our little party
was not slow to take advantage of this growing weakness in our enemy’s
front and steadily advanced up the valleys, into dense timber, up
long, steers slopes, through swamps and torrents and treacherous snow-
banks; and long before the grass and flowers of those upper regions
had felt the touch of spring, we were there. And many days before
winter had finally surrendered the lofty summits, from a peak more
than 14,000 feet above the sea we looked around upon one of the
grandest panoramas that the world affords. To the east the great
plain gave a horizon entirely unbroken, to the west innumerable moun-
tains notched the sky like saw teeth. From the ramparts of a con-
tinent we looked out upon a boundless ocean, calm, motionless, in-
ward | upon a waste of mountains whose heights and depths and mystery
fairly confounded us.
This was to be the field of our labors, and we summon dad our
half-bewildered faculties to the task of identifying ; uch great
landmarks as would be necessary to guide us in our future wanderings*
An indefinite number of high, ragged ranges could be traced by their
linos of lofty summits as far away to the north and south as the eye
could reach. But one among all these summits caught the eye and
fixed the attention. Far away to the westward, we discovered a peak,
a very giant among its fellows, a king amidst a forest of mountains,
that bore aloft on its dark face a great white cross, so perfect, so
grand in proportions that at a distance of sixty miles we felt our-
selves in its very presence.
two months later we found ourselves approaching the region in
which this mountain is located. On the 19th of August we stood on
the ocean divide, from which the waters to the east are carried, by
the Arkansas down to the Gulf, while those to the west sink 'away and
are lost in the mysterious gorges of the "great Colorado of the west.T?
On the on© side a narrow valley stretched away to the southeastward
in a seemingly endless vista, while on the other the streams and
I valleys were ahnost immediately obscured by a mass of irregular
*-
mountains. 'The course chosen would lead us first town the Pacific
i slope into a deep and rugged canon which we would be compelled to
; descend for some 20 miles or more, thence by means of one of the
great creek Talleys that com© down from the range to the west* we
hoped to be able to ascend to the base of the peak*.
For two days we pushed forward, sometimes in the river bed, some*
times high up on the walls where our trembling animals had to be led
along the narrow ledges and treacherous rock-slid os* In places we
■would appear to be completely shut 'in by walls so steep and high that
the nimble deer could hardly escape, where the river, cam© seething
i and boiling from some dark chasm utterly blocked up by massive rock,
: and -disappeared again Id a canon which no living being could penet-rati
sand from which came constantly up the smothered roar of pent-up torrents*
On the evening of the second day we reached the mouth of a large
creek which it was agreed must drain the high regions about the Holy
Gross* As yet no one had caught sight of the object of our . search
since the first discovery some sixty miles away, for since entering
the canon no mountains had been in sight, only the rocky walls, the
densely timber ed si op e s a n d t h e s ky .
In vain we searched for a trail or passHfeie route up this creek
valley* It was pronounced impossible and we essayed to climb the
ridge to the right, but night was upon us and camp must be made*
By noon the next day we were on the high ridge north of the creek,
free from the prison-like valley, but not free* A broad freshly-beat-
en game-trail led us on charmingly for a while, but presently entered
the timber and we were plunged into such a slough of despond as strong
hearts only could encounter and pass safely through.-' To the right,
to the left, and in front, the mountain face bristled ' like a porcupine*
Countless multitudes of giant pine-trunks, uprooted by some fierce
hurricane, were piled up and crisscrossed and tangled in such a way
that an army must have stopped as before the walls of an impregnable
fortress. Up and down, advancing and retreating, struggling through
the most aggravating masses, to find ourselves returning again to the
starting point, we worked on until horses and men were thoroughly tired
out and disgusted* At night, after nine hours of unremitted exertion,
w© pitched camp in a 'little swampy gulch among the logs and rank weeds,
only two and one half miles in advance of the camp of the preceding
night*
On the following morning we moved in another direction and with
much better success"* By noon we emerged from the timber and stood
upon a high promontory that overlooked the grand valley* What a re-
markable sight l broad and deep and regular, it looked like a great
pasture, dotted with a million white-backed sheep* In ages past a
mighty glacier, rivalling the modern ice rivers of th© Alps, had
swept down this valley smoothing down its rugged sides and rounding
and polishing the projecting masses of granite. So great was the
resemblance of these rounded rocks to flocks of sheep that we named
it* after the manner of the French, oche Moutonnes valley.
On the opposite side of this valley and somewhat farther up*
there stood a dark mountain that immediately attracted our attention*
and Beamed certainly to be the object of our search. High and
rugged and cold, its scarred granite faces woro tattooed "by many
ragged lines and patches of snow. But there was no cross/ We look-
ed in vain for forms that might oven suggest a cross; but neither
on this .mountain nor on any of those that lay back of it could the
obi act 6f our search be found.
But after all this must be the one, and the cross, if it has
not already melted away, will be found on one of the other faces. It
is at least our duty to see, and first this great valley must be
crossed. Two thousand feet of weary zigzagging brought us to the
creek bed* fuming up this we picked our way among the rocks and
fallen trees until within about three miles of the mountain’s base.
Here we found' it necessary to halt, not only because our animals were
utterly tired out, but because the way was completely blocked up.
So camp was made by the banks of the roaring creek, with no alterna-
tive for the morrow but to advance afoot.
At flight it rained in torrents, but we sat stoically by the
camp-fire talking of the past day’s work and planning for the pros-
pective ascent. It was decided that one party with the surveyor’s
instruments should move up the valley along the main creek until
opposite the northern spur of the peak and ascend from that direc-
tion* She photographic party ton id climb directly up the valley
rim from camp™ so" vffifpW YaaoE*- a long hi^h ridge that' hemmed in the
peak on the east, a d fro m which it was thought a good view could
be obtained of the main sasten face and the cross if it still existed.
When it grew late we spread our blankets among the wet logs and went
to bed.
By sunrise all hands were stirring, and the start was made al-
most with a dash, every man for himself and the bast man to the front.
It was not long before the party was pretty well scattered, but
communication was kept up by frequent shouts. Ih© heavy instruments,
which weighed some forty pounds, had been carried a mile or -more
ahead the evening before, so that we scaled the barriers of rock and
wood that lay in our way with unusual rapidity, but when the rock
on which the heavy instrument -bos had been cached was reached, a halt
was called and the announcement made that each man must take hie turn
at the box and carry it a distance proportionate to his strength.
Our party consisted of seven members. 6nly four had come up,
but we decided to move on. Dr. H._was the first to take up the load.
It was strapped to his shoulders and he marched off with an ease and
\ %
rapidity that did great credit to his prowess as a mountaineer.
There could be no flagging no?*. The man who, comparatively
unincumber ed, could not keep pace with the doctor must certainly
be in disgrace, and the scrambling advance grew more lively than
ever. Presently it began to rain and the smooth rock grew slippery
and the grass and bushes dripping wet. By the time we had reached
the point where the mountain rises abruptly from the valley, we were
soaked to the skin, but we must push on.
Prom this point the course was upward. Hour after hour w@ toil-
ed on, the box was shifted from one to another, and the carrier was
constantly assisted where the walls were steep. But the box grew
heavier and heavier as we advanced, and the changes more frequent.
At timber line all parties were glad to take a rest. We ?*ere now
in the midst of the rain clouds and the day was so unpromising for
mountain work that it seemed useless to advance. A fire was built
in the shelter of the great pines and an attempt made to dry our
clothes.
It was midday, and 3,000 vertical feet intervened between us
and the summit. It now became a serious question as to what it ?/as
best to do. We had brought only a sand?*ich. for lunch, and had no
blankets not even an overcoat to protect us during the night. We
could do nothing on the peak among the clouds, and the idea of re-
turni g to camp and making the entire ascent again on the following
day could not be entertained for a moment. It was finally decided
to complete the ascent immediately and trust to Providence to lift
the shroud that enveloped the mountains.
Meantime the photographic party, much mope heavily laden than
ourselves, had encountered far greater difficulties. Mr .Jacks on
and his two associates carried among them upwards Of one*” hundrel "
pounds of apparatus, but were not men to yield before ordinary
difficulties. The rain, the greatest possible damper on a photo-
grapher's enthusiasm, could not make them hesitate; torrents and
cliffs and dense forests and prowling beasts were interposed in
vain. They had set out to accomplish an object, and success at
whatever cost of exertion and hardship must be attained.
By the middle of the day Mr. 3 a cks on finds himself far in ad-
vance of his companions, but in spite ofTiis tin usual enthusiasm he
begins to fear for his results.
Bight hours of weary climbing have brought him nearly to the
s ummit of the ridge. There is nothing to be seen but the dull , gray
clouds which rise and fall and sweep back and forth and sink down again
oppressively around him. Is this all labor lost? Have the fates
conspired against him, and is the holy cross a myth, an illusion
,4>‘
that has led him on through all these weary days, only to deceive
him? .
He sits down among the rocks to rest and ponder* Meantime the
winds rise and the dull mists are driven along the cliffs and torn
to tatters on the sharp projections. To the west great billowy
passage-ways are opened, and glimpses of the lofty mountains can be
had, looking like ghosts through the thin mists. Suddenly the artist
glances upward, and beholds a vision exceeding dramatic and beautiful.
He is amazed, he is transfixed. There, set in the dark rock, held high
among the floating clouds, he beholds the long-sought cross, perfect,
spotless white, grand in dimensions, at once the sublimest thing In
nature and the emblem of heaven.
He recalls himself, and remembers his ambition, his duty, to
transfix, by his art, an image of this vision,, that can be carried
back to the world. He sets his camera in haste, and invokes the aid
of the floating sunlight. He turns for his chemicals, but they are
not there. They are far down the mountain on the backs of weary men.
In despair he sees the clouds gather and settle down for the night.
At nearly the same hour our party stood on the summit of the
mountain itself and gathered snow from the very top of the holy cross.
We, too, saw the clouds break and scatter, and gazed with wonder upon
the rolling sea, with its dark mountain islands, and crouched behind
the great rocks to avoid the cold winds that battle so incessantly
about those high summits.
The utter solitude and desolation of these summit regions are
never so deeply impressed upon one as when the rest of the world is
shut out thus by clouds, and nothing greets the eye but dull granites
and frozen snows.
And, now, since no observations could be made, we decided to
descend to timber line, and spend the night.
In passing down the crest of the northern spur w© stopped near
the edge of a great precipice to watch the play of the storm-clouds
below, and to pitch great rocks into the abyss. While here we were
favored by a most unusual phenomenal display. The sun at our backs
broke through the clouds, and there was immediately projected on
the mists that filled the dark gulf a brilliant rainbow; not the arch,
as usually seen, but an entire circle, a spectral ring, which, as we
still gazed, faded away, and in a minute was gone. Far beyond, on
the opposite side of this deep valley, we could see the ridge occupied
. ■
•; '
•V ; ''i ,
■ . . ;
■ ■ if. '.|v
• ••
:
; -
i ■
> ••
> A* <
■' ■ -
, ■ ( ‘j . .
r ■:> ‘I
. ■ , ■; '
' V- rv
>1 h.
,-i
; » ,,
- .• <'
\ v ■ .
■ v ■■ .
? ’ J * • '
i; , ... ,
'r ' • , . .Vt'
:i ‘ ■ ' ■ iiU :
■ ; ••
! " ;
•= ,-v h
: ■ ‘
/ V-
■
' • . * ■ y ■'
. ' •" . -V
» ’ • 1 ■ ■ V
.
-
• i
■
;
: • > ... 'v; -
• . :f i';V'.V ■■■' . .. ..
- ‘
, . ; :
•i . {. i '
; , i
■
'r. V 1 1 :.
.. ■ ' -
; ; V' ■ .
. . v;
.. ......
. ' V '
J >
<
- : ■ r
V
. • y' “ ;
:: ' V''-'' ..
■ ' ' ■, . 4*
to . '
• " ■ , "
■ y
1
Cj
♦
by the photographer, and, by using our field-glasses, the camera
could be dimly seen standing on the very highest point,
A shout from one of our party elicited a reply from Mr, Jackson
himself, that came back to us like the faintest echo, for the dis-
tance must have been more than h a mile. It was interesting to
notice the effect of this very meagre communication upon the feel-
ings of our party. It was cheering to feel that we vmre not entire-
ly alone; the bond of sympathy with other beings of our kind was
not utterly sundered. Shouts were exchanged frequently as we descend-
ed, and when we reached timber line and kindled our fir© for the
night, a companion blaze twinkled like a star against the dark
mountain opposite.
Later the cheerful blaze of two immense fires lit up the feces
of surrounding objects far and near, and for the time we forgot
that we were supper less and bedless , and that a hard day's work must
follow an almost sleepless night. The rain had ceased and the night
was not as cold as had been expected, so that we talked and dozed
away the time without especial discomfort.
At daybreak we were up and moving, but mm found ourselves stiff
and weak, and the ascent was most tedious. Our shouts were not so
frequent and strong as before, and the replies cam© back hesitating-
But all turned out well. The scientific work was completed by
noon and the photographs secured before that time. rfh© descent was
made in safety. On reaching the first creek-crossing we were over-
joyed to meet our companion, who had returned to camp the day before,
with a basket of provisions and a pot of tea. At six in the evening
both parties were in camp, and a bountiful supper was all the more
enjoyed by being seasoned with stories of adventure and success.
ly and, late.
(The Illustrated Christian Weekly, May 1, 1875, page 209}
■r
t
•t.
ft 1
A :
'
••
••
mvmmt of mm emus, ernfm* mmm&
about SO miles free iLoodvlile*
Survey of the Territories, 1872
*fhi mmt& of this petite was a very iatorc otina
citing Mp«i©r,oc* SM mountain is $$ called from I foot that
it hM os ©bo of its faooa groat mom crevices » one vertical,
ml the ot her crossing it horizontally near the top* The vert teal
portion is over 000 feet in height* flfei enow unci tit remain in
those ercvloos tlmiout the CRam«r# becoming a X it tie dieoolo red,
and thoroforo not so plainly visible in outama, hut brightening
up again when mm falls, which to every iso nth of the year* no
From Gray's Peak
M®r the arose first two® a for way to the east * / it v;ao
diet inotly soon against the dam granite faoo of the mountain,
loomed up in the mtt rage offset to a marvelous f eirfit*
"tater we found a creek which wo Imew muot cone down
fwm %fm faoo of the pea & if act from the very foot of the ore go*
ciXteMng mm very difficult § a thic-te virgin forest m% ending in a
belt eevtr&l miles wide MMH the teas had to be traversal before
M readied the final ascent * ;i to leave . -us? animals
nM proceed on foot* 'Sr* Hoyden, w!» too always a reeteloaa el labor
had the sister tune to fall into one of the mountain torrents orosoet
during the mom* , but/oas rescued without ouch difficulty and
l«4 forward with the rest
»
"®**» i* began to min, | we *tn1l ■ ooo sot,: and
*» msolved to oats? ow sl#,t, the *o had otortefi out with no gro-
viaiesB text * wall Imoli. m aads ow fires a* % to® timber-line
mm.
tm% Mm tho ©nnalt* aid the i6«i tear© tell-
Ion otorieo mil Tmt-ohto-; tvs Uric} it ©pool ,. of 11 fit mdo fcgr too
Mtp-flro of our ^x>to^apuort * a* JaUtm un* trho trao otom-bot;»l
M tt» rid^o to the oaot*
♦
nX» too aornisigt Uro&lcfofJtXeQ© rvia X7©n&* to rooMon&ed
tfm % this %k» the o lo?ito land par tod 00 that naagr
oonoita ©©to in olc^.t# m m afcccd on t * namr rptlqr otoeii to
•©©£& too ^por o 4 of tho ©tan of the ©too©* and foti&A that it
ooro^iod a Zone atwicfit gull©r§ and oonoiatod in the min of
whi tioh too* tor phat©?rop&»» tee t ,0 ogpoaltt rid •<©*
t ©oe© mooli /low of the otooo* ONI threo tore 6§$ a©l©
for fd&ioot all the illtasteti one of too Deuntata tsml ©rooo vi 5 oh
TmTO olttoo apnoorod* Jon© tiro U\ o artist fhooae hora
w t rut Ml painted i 1 oMBiolzi, Me erect©* cso4 Vm mmtnc
IMMMMI ©fl . , 1 tniMafuinc©^ r oHH#
notable ©pi©©4© of %tm d onoort of thle pa&h to© the
»oi®rr^ atom effeote* tvoo era at cvr Oaoita uroico thru the
•JUwfl*. «o6 l.joro mo looott at®ls> ptojeotod on t;,o ntsta tha" fills*.
ife* S®*& golf to ttso Mat a tVttllMli I ibev * aot ft ?oh a*
ioouaM,^ ooo '.„ but the orftim SlMlo - a o:«Qt*r-,l sring, with dap
«3swb 1 am: wer haltp cm 1 sends agpMBP&c: o
ass : t*o
CT;'i'on "the Coo -/oioo ’ Homs'S? 38 1 1809)
/
a
ft eux
' 4 v * \j
yw\
w
SEARCHING- FOR THE MOUNTAIN OF THE SHOW CROSS,
BY HR. F. V. HAYDEN , DIRECTOR OF THE SURVEY.
"Our trip down the Eagle River had for its principal
object the discovery of some way of access to the mountain
of the Holy Cross. A little stream joins the Eagle River
from the west side, which rises among the group of mountain-
peaks of which the Holy Cross is most conspecuous. The
valley of this stream varies from one-eighth to one-fourth
of a mile in width, and is about eight or ten miles in
length, and so covered with the rounded glaciated forms of
granite that it was impossible to ascend it with our pack-
trains. We were obliged to descend the river about three
miles and then climb the steep mountain-side over a net-work
of fallen timber. The obstructions to traveling were very
great. We often labored for a day or two to find some path
to approach the mountain- peak, and were obliged to cut our
way through the fallen timber, and finally succeeded in
getting within about five miles of the base of the peak.
"The most remarkable feature of this wonderful region
is the proof of a great ancient glacier which must have filled
up the valley from mouth to source. The bottom, extending
high up on either side, is covered with the rounded granite
masses, varying in size from a few feet to several hundred
feet length; so that, looking down upon them from a high
point, they resemble a huge flock of sheep, and from this
fact they have received from the Alpine geologists of Europe
the appellation of "Roches Moutonn^s."
It is most probable
the valley itself has been worn out of the granite mass.
The mountains on either side rise to the height of 2,000
to 3,000 feet above the valley, and the glacial markings
are visible 1,200 to 1,500 feet. The morainal deposits
on the northwest side reach a height of 1,200 feet above
the stream and form a sort of irregular terrace, which,
when cut through by the little side-streams, show that it
is made up of graval and bowlders much worn. In some
instances there are well-worn cavities in the sides of the
mountains, showing how the running water, in connection with
a mass of rock, formed the cavity much as a "pot-hole" is
made in our streams at the present time."
(U.S . Geological Survey of the Territories, 1873, page 73)
'
.
.
■
.
.
. '
.
.
>
( n 1 m - yl |
.
r . . > • ' ;
O'
■
. •
.
"The main mass of the peak, like the whole of the
Sawateh range, is composed of granite gueiss. The summit
of the Holy Cross is covered with fragments of handed gneiss.
The amphitheaters on all sides have been gradually excavated,
i
as heretofore described, and the more or less vertical sides
show the intermediate steps very clearly. The characteristic
feature of the Mount of the Holy Cross is the vertical face,
nearly 3,000 feet on the side, with a cross of snow which may
he seen at a distance of fifty to eighty miles from other
mount a in- peaks. This is formed by a vertical fissure about
1,500 feet high, with a sort of horizontal step, produced by
the breaking down of the side of the mountain, on which the
- snow is lodged and remains more or less all the year. Late
in the summer the cross is very much diminished in size by
the melting of the snow which has accumulated in the fissures.
A beautiful green lake lies at the base of the peak, almost
up to timber-line, which forms a reservoir for the waters
from the melting snows of the high peaks. From this, one of
the main branches of the Roches Moutonne's Creek flows down the
mountain-side, forming several charming cascades on its way.
The worn rocks or "sheep-backs" in the valley of the creek
display most remarkable examples of the curious markings on
the surface of gneiss produced by the separation of the
different constituents of the rocks." j.'.. * , f , . 2
d
(TJ.S. Geological Survey of the Territories, 1870, page 74)
'
V, ■
■
,
t. ' .
.
'
'
' . - - . ■ . :
* .
■
.
.
-
(
. •
.
•
• •
’
‘ '
'
.
.
■
■ •
. .. ' . . • ■ 1 : ?
.
. : ' • - • •
: ' ' ' - '
’
! . . . t , , . : ' . . • < , — ■-
■
■
■ ,
■
; ■ , . , ; - 4,
ISr* Siitt-oDdexj of Connecticut, wu? wns a
lSMB&fe©3» tM liftpiM 3-orvcy of the fewltopi®® 1® JUlf 4t fea.
to- be qy #i©ct with F*rs* and Els® Obit tend©®* Hr, 8* II* ■ Jackson
arid ISP* Story B* LaiA at the Cosmos Club la ’ebruaiy, lt£7* a ad
/^7/
he told the story of lay gris&ly bear adventure in Colorado* de-
tails of vtiioh 1 lad almost completely forgotten*
" the psrty was at Mm amg the high rochles ©f Colorado
aad cm the dsy of ray si&veiitvj*© vie had to or© so 031© of tlio vm%;m
and deroend Into the valley of the Eoarii.,, Fori. Xtr. story as
told by Chittenden is as follows *He!mas was always on inti©-
P*?**n% mm ftai usually toils his o^a coarse in the days task,
studying: the geology and sketching the rtu?gMt having arranged on
thin day to Join the party at camp at a designated point on Eoar-
__ ■ ■., , >\
izi$ Fori:* fho party bad hardly made ©imp whan m heard a rifle
shat aur at hand, ana shortly Holmes arrived, report! ig that be
had Jsist shot a griesljr bear; teat in working his tray through the
forest he happened to ooue upon a large log along aid© hie path.
Hearing a slight noise on t,.m opposite side of the log he #aaeed
ever and dissevered a grisssly bear with Ms head down ia the asarett
for food. Met wishing to pass on without a word of greeting he
shouted 'beo-heo* over the log. me bear’s head iasaediately rose
to ret jm the greeting. She** »s & question of appropriate
option on the part of both aan and boar, and Holmes deoldeft to
r
;r
- \
* *
■ - - - - •••’
. - . -
• *
-".H. ,/ -*■■< ;
■
i - .
' * ' - *•-
’ 9 . - , -7
• ; /. .{■ ->*
#-
r ‘**5- « - ■
r-i
■
• - A *.
■ rl - '
v:j- ,v';1
- ■ . V‘ .*
_ -i -
/sr* •* - ' ' >- ■ .
-r ' ; v .
fe * *
\
* *
¥ ‘ '
1 J/ !
. :i- » /:
V *
.. v»
\ . '
< ■ *'••• -• • •• *
■■ -
( . ■ - ; r >
. T- • -
. V ■* ' *■ '
'
, > -
. - ‘
. fh
• •
• -
•».
V
•V. •
' * ■ '-v
, - .3
■*v> »
: - Vt" : ■
V ■£%
- S
•*. >*- -
,
»
• • . £' • ' ‘ . ’
settle the matter at once, so raised his Springfield rifle,
carried always in these wilds, and shot the beast in the fully
exposed chest. The bullet, his last cartridge it happened,
must hare gone directly to his heart for he was dead in a
moment. When the story was told in camp the boys volunteered
to go bach wi th Holmes to the log and skin the bear.” The only,
note regarding the adventure found in my report of the day's
doings was "my bear skin is a beauty.”
****** .*• Jf jr .... Jf. :-r X -7 4 * *
Typewritten 54 years after.
Mr. Chittenden visited Washington again during the
holiday season cf 2928 and added to the above story a most in-
te resting incident. -
One of the young men ‘ho had joined the bear skinning
party borrowed Chittenden* s silver mounted pistol which was in-
scribed with his own name , thinking it might possibly be needed in
the deep woods « While the bear skinning went ' on he laid the
| pistol on a bi ; log and forgot it and it remained there for a long
period. Years later it was found by a hunter in the wilds who
i gave his attention to the task of finding the owner. In 1927
or 28 he finally located Chittenden and the return of the weapon
was in process during the present holiday season (1929) 54 years
S
B
O
Sn
SB
«S
B ft
O -•
«> £
3 £
ft
S bO
fl
«P
u
&
a ^ £
£?ft &
© .
ft ft *+
d eg ©
2 ft >
& ft ft
• ' O
>
©
u
£ $
«
«D
P
© B
©
43
43
£ M
o
K
ft
B
93
- ©
2 ©
.ft B
<8 W
B
o
_a io
ft B oa
^ p
p o
.. «
CD
£
. CQ
4) 0)
4^4 p
HP &
o ^
S *3
^ S3
«
§
d
■a
p
0) •
M &
o ^ .
Q, ® +3
P <*“4
© g a
B M SQ
+3 O ,
. -— 1 h
S ©
2 * a
. trH
05 « aS
«h O O
<S
■g £
© >
ft ©
g &
03
CD 'S
a §
d
a g
-■ B
B ©
©
ft ft
B ©
w 5
+3 03
+3 *<
ft 60
43 (3
O ©
* • B
5=3 03
11
O p
J -5
* *a &
^ ©43
B &C4J
O bo
ft ts >e
© 03 ©
£ B
S f-t
0^3
Q O P
CD
© .*
ft1” ft ft
Q) O H iH
I o © o ft © tb
? -+ 43 B ft
Eftps°«o
B
©
ft
ft,
a -b
§ °
a ’B
w o
© +=■
43 a
o
to
ft -g
3 S
+3 *-3
©
i-l
3 o ft
a © © °
® S
m a ft ra
£ft &5& «
"3 ” ©« £
-fifls, s»M £
O « © B .gft ©
s*Q42-BaB-n
>^A3 K1 .. ^ O
P
| B©
S 32
b|B
^-g'jSgCft
?H 0 S
* &oS
b S°o
© X<s*‘
* B
B 2
© g 35
a b242
•o ©g ft
S £.© “o« &
© ^
•p in
CD -p r w _
faD ?> rt ■ © £
c»-( 5-1 op ,3 j
tr-H -p P
«-* rj P » © W B
S|0 B41 g’B
443 jdlS .©-h43©
S © ©^ -S « +3 >
«3 «Q- p CL ? ±5 P CD tS
xi „ S3- jfi S s3 © cS +3
5 ■« T, S'^-fe43 43
XI — 1 _ ^ — t feH SPp
,£ O 5^ rt) Xl t-H b;
0+s£«©2 - a gle
ol 85qS^2
B+s ©Slooa^.-'0
H3 3^^ S ■d 0 ft at
32©43^0^42K!n
O S ° £-• -g M ® O P a
ft S»2 ©
© a
©2 05 o
S?§“
+3 BO
tn K ® U
© ^ r~ -
P ©^ o-g w -
J3 s ft “ 2 o <53
S +3 .© ft-w Q,S
©
©
ft
g.o-g2 |«S
S *& S5 5 *™4 W C> cj
P+ « 9> <3 ^©3 >.£ °
=8
O
: B-S1®
£
« ^ £} V
^a^ll
° ••--’!¥ S.
sSsSSsiS
X3 co d. ..© © > w
^to^aa^
!1^^.
CS
i©
43
°"^ .2 i -S *d B tj *3
B - B ill 43 n o B S o> 2? Q
S3w}i»i s?SS4
oh ffi B -o P os ^
O
JO
tQ c3
65—3 P r~» r : ^
bo, - > mi © B o
B^&Bg®!^-
+3 O -543 d
03 'B to n 83 2
i w ® © -5 S B
o £-i d rn o
© b a b ^ ^
U C« m . y bO
s © g’B &£ a
=3|2§^S
© ©a© o >“S
Slio-slg
:«*1S* as Si
|33 +^> ph O 10 ©
ft Q O ©53 ft32 ,
^ “ S 2 I I- » S*
«aas © s ^
©
43
OQ
©
-a
o
at
+3
e^H .
X3' ® J
^ 5-1 bO
O Q
ft 43
ft ^ ©
^ ^ k Cfi H p» — r—,
S fffWO^Eb^scsft
?+
•rj ©
. B «
+3 .W o
x< ft
2'
to B
^P® ®
i « « ^
2 Bft B
§ S^ft
£ >>B
0> H
.to 0 9 50 ©
«P g CD H
+3 Bft
+3 0 &
tft tiO '
63 B
_,BJ O
Ss|
3oB
2 ^
«H ®
50 ^ fi
CD 3 P
a .. -d
| aj
W-SG
43
+3 l-l
1^22
© -H S3 40
jO W w-i ®
© ft © 2 © 60 ^ a ft
•w S3 B w
- — r^H a T: 33 ^
©CO^e^Hg
<D hr\‘T~i & & W ^ CO -r-i fQ °r-H
9 .=
B^'f o £ S alifi I h
^'3’djH gft© ^ gB© c-i “ - m
sb a ®
a o © © ft
43ft ftft M
£ tj § ft ft 83 ^ « S3 ©
t5pBS
IQ
©
O c3
&»"a3SSl
2 S ft S w
©ag^ft^ft
© s “aSa® °
SH*43
^+3-0 ^
aafe
^ 6Q © l W CO CO ,q
BP d w> b > o
4i ^ ^ © oj to
o © !M 2 © «
— • >> ta r+ S?i43 ft
<- 05 ft 2 M
© s rt y y
_10 a. 0 ^-4
;4 H 1-1
^ S « P P U
^ 0 p
v.m ^ ^ s. r> -
*CD cl TJ k>*rH _
?ft 8*2; » £ 2
3 ft 33 ft 42 ft jS'Oft.J
° °ft^^ ©
©■•a o s3i .S
ft B (S W)43
£ d B © ft S
03 B +3 B “
B 8 2 ft w 1
£ ►, 2 * © te
g >1® riiH 2
n op ft ft
v ft « M +3
. +3
a ® si g a a
VJ w
•-• C3‘ 43
ft ft a
•+3 Oft
O C4
© B
j_,ft 2ft 2 ^
+3
B3 ft «« > ft
V? »r( 54
83 ■” 2 ©2 o c®
O
,§2+:>£??^
^ B 05 - ® ft
r-j d d
^spaft
• m m t3 ^ CO
S|s|
awl-
£ rtt Q5 !»r t*-l
^aSy^SpCoS d
p ^3 O csj ^ rj
Bft^^ mg§
ft£ 2Kft®4oB
•dftgrto -irs
«n.ft o ft 5?
ft ° si w ft © © h
a a * ^ft s
£S
VV £?’
. 'v j*» o u
. ; B t* rj boB
O o3 c3 ™ M
W 7— '
0 CD
a-e§
CQ
In ^
>> d <5
a? p o
a I &
c3 P ©
*« B
toft £
p O M
ft £3 0
©ft
B cj
B ”
-4 41
a ft M
1 .5
•“aft
C3 Sft
VO W
©
©ft oft
ftft a-|2 ^algSo^ft
a.^“2+3Si^8BS2^ft
^*§^>30 .^g^g^ft8'"®0-0-
& sg ft a3 ®- y jj 5 ,5 ^ ft ft ft
N ft > c3 14 to °£ ft©ftffl. X
o © o g^*g So- S- - § sea 8 Mg
So ,443^4 R B 2-2 ©a?ft ft_.-riBS
wgSft'2«og 2^«ft2
bo
a g © v g
p2 « §|rt
d p .^3 t i— s
ft ft § S5
& £ 8 ft
B W B.O, w o ft“ B © eg
o^ (2 ^ ^ ns
. jS , ~. «.v w
oft £p^&2ft
CD
4 — OJ — 4, ^7
5 & 43 ^ ft oj +3
m © I «
ft^aft
© °ft
p a © *m
a © °
<3 2 ^ 50
ft 2 » B
ft © ri
o
— rtHi C3
M © rt a
w a m
©a*gft
5 S-o4"
- © s ©
+3 ffl © ® ft 1 u
2 43 43 43 cS B ©
a^<Mpftg-&
. S«
'd O rj « a> .ri
2 a ^ ft o +3
$ aS 2 »
© ft ft , ts
© e ’d’E 13 a 1
sass43^^
ow B ft © S B
S rj © ©BJ’S a
ag „ S3 ft© 2
2 ^B © &43
B
i ft« £ © 2
« o o a o
| P g ftp 0,
Oog©oigs3B
03 £ & ^3 c3 d O
P,P4’C5 0
3”tf d»C< d- -r* XJ o 03 cd B
■* ^ B c3 cq 'd +*> *d-'^i§ cd^.cj B
.•ls&Sl&Hl53:-gli
St^i5«|llH"a
g’ft-S^p g ® S ~ « a
> tg © o' . P. S 43
bo
S B ^ w . & >j
p3 ^ ^ £3
ocoft P
<a o ft M Is
oeS1®^© '
48^^ s a ft
^ a ° a a &£ ©’«
cl ^ p ■ 5L - m £> £Q £2
03 P
aj to 43 ’” S
05 g fe ©
o o 1—
B ^ S3 ri-
ftft2o|^®Bft
ft^-sa* 2i3£-a
<H ^ ®
eg (S
ft
-ft ® 2
°£#S
£ B
- ^ M
B ft
S ft ©
» ft Jj
© B
oGft2©aag
g.B «8 rjft
°0ft<2B“o43ft©Or''*' ' K
© S^ft^ftt^-S^ Es-wi
® 2 :« a *« ft-ft £ ft © 0
bp p
B B o o
Oft ., ft ft ^ «
» $ 8 S'SR o ®-fc
© . B
© . n . a
ft 1° hr bo
9-«, B B
w so O G
ft 03
d ^ ft 2*
S o ©
4 ft 8 y
b ® a a
O B o
d -P ,
-E8 *55 63
p p
1.-?
a> ,«s
■g © ft
S-p ?
««%%%**?**%
&%$£
ft © © B “ft 'W
d ft ft S 4 r3 0
a ©eg « &3
Be.
©
a b
&o5 ■
b ©
■
.
.
I &-VXA,. (<^-t cL^-eCj^
i'"- Ct^vv i»<~ ■ lXAnA-y\..
I '
i
THE NAMING OF MOUNT HOLMES 1 UTAH
In 1875-76 Professor G. K. Gilbert, -'.of the U. S. Geolo-
gical Survey , explored the desert-like region bordering the
Grand Canyon of the Colorado in southern Utah. He csmie upon
a number of mountains the structure of which v^as new to him,
the elevation of the mountain lying above the general surface
of the country being due to the intrusion from the interior
depths of masses of molten lava which did not reach the sur-
face at the time, but spread out beneath the superficial strata
pressing them upward in an arch creating a dome -shaped ele-
vation or mountain. Subsequent erosion as in many c&ses carved
the dome into irregular, rugged elevations exposing the lava
core, often fantastically carved. These masses of lava were
called laccolite-rlakes of stone-- by Mr. Gilbert.
A V
It happened that in 1875 while conducting the San J
division of the Hayden Survey of the territories in southern
Colorado I had observed and described &&&&$ of this particular
mountain structure (See U. S. Geological Survey of the Terri-
tories, 1875) and Mr. Gilbert recognizing my claim to priority in
describing this peculiar form of mountain building, named one of
the mountains of this type after me. The mountain group named
after Professor Henry, first Secretary of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, includes a number of mountains of this type.
The following extracts are from Mr, Gilbert's Report of 1877
■
.
<*; .
: : > ' , ‘ . -
. ■ ■
.
'f . - '• '>0 o.v :
■■ ■ . \ i ■ V. 1 . ■ -.r t h,.'C - : o ' • •; : \
V' . " r. •’ r\ v’";J .1C .1, .1 * V \:.v/ • ■ ' :
■.*' ' :: ‘ -i : " ;
■ . . .. ?• : : c ■
oo . a
■
■
.. : ■ J
: •. - . ■ ‘ . .■
.
4 .
r< ;
' . :
te 1 • -
. .
. ' ■
• .. .-.o >.:■■■ i 0.1 : ;■
‘
j; ' 6(::
.
»
.
r ■ -r* ;
* <
.
.
"• . .
' . .
■
' .%.■ -
0
t •£
.
.
.
■
■
i
During the summer of 1877 I remained in the
office, superintending the publication of the Atlas of
Colorado, and completing the other unfinished work of
the previous year, - reports, notes, drawings, the model-
time was devoted to the preparation of the T,Economic Map,
the "General Geological Map," the "Geological Sections,"
and the "Panoramic Views."
HAMIHG OF MOUNT HOLMES.
One event of this year is especially noteworthy
Due to my studies of the peculiar volcanic phenomena of
Southern Colorado in 1875, which brought to the attention
of geologists a new type of mountain building. Professor
G. K. Gilbert, who spent the summer of 1877 in a study of
the Henry Mountain# of Utah, named one of the mountain
masses of the range after me, the main summit Mt. Holmes
and a subordinate, somewhat detached summit the lesser
ing of cliff dwellings, etc
A large portion of the
Holmes.
^Mountain range/xnamed by Professor G. K.
Gilbert after Professor Joseph Henry, First
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
I
■
'
.
,
• .
,
• •
.
• « r: * ; . ; ; • v -v , . '
■ '• ' •
.
.
-
■
.
-
■
: .r - : .• ;
■
■
.
, . ; ,, , . I'. •
■
■> ■ r i • >
.
i ■
II
'
'
■
'
| - • ?}. ' i
•S
■
MOUNT HOLMES.
From Gilbert *3 Report on the Henry Mountains, 1877.
"Mount ; Ellsworth (8,000 feet) and Mount Holmes (7,750
feet) stand close together, but at a little distance from
the others. J The pass which separates them from Mount Hil-
r ^
lers has an altitude of 5,250 feet. They are single peaks
peculiarly rugged in their forms, and unwatered by springs.
They stand almost upon the brink of the Colorado, which
here flows through a canon 1,500 feet in depth.
Page 27
—
"The order of sequence which places Mount Ellsworth
before Mount Holmes is the order of complexity. The former
contains one lacolite, the latter two. Neither of the two
is visible, but the strata which envelop them shadow forth
their forms and leave no question of their dtiality. They
are so closely combined that the lesser seems a mere appen-
dage of the greater. From the center of the greater there
is a descent of strata in all directions, but from the center
of the lesser the rocks incline toward one-half only of the
horizon. Where the two convex arches join there is a curved
groin — a zone of concave curvature uniting the two convexities
About the compound figure can be obscurely seen a line of
maximum dip, and beyond that the fading of the curves. The
curves throughout are so gentle that it was found exceedingly
difficult to establish their limits. In a general way it may
06 said that each oi the Holmes* arches is as broad as the
Ellsworth arch, but the vertical displacement is less. In
the formation of the greater Holmes arch the amount of up-
lift was 3,000 feet; for the lesser arch, 1,500 feet.
"There is no evidence in the forms of the arches which
i
proves one to be older than the other. Studying the curves
in the field, I could not discover that either arch assorted
itself more strongly than the other in their common ground.
They seem to meet upon equal terms. Still it is probable,
a priori, that they were formed successively and not simul-
taneously. The coincidence in time of two eruptions of lava
from neighboring vents is no more unlikely ' than the coincidence
of the two irruptions, and the same principle of least resis-
tance which causes individual laqcolitlc arches to assume
spheroidal forms, would have given to the compound arch of two
laccolites, coincident in time, a simple instead of a compound
form.
"Assuming that the arches were successive in origin, I shall
in another and more appropriabe chapter discuss the problem
of their chronological order in the light of their somewhat
peculiar drainage system.
"The lesser arch betrays no dikes nor sheets . The Vermilion
Cliff sandstone covers it to the top. The greater Is crowned
by a few grand dikes which govern its topography. Prom the
center a long dike runs to the south# a short one to the north,
two to the east, and one to the west. The course of each is
a mountain spur, and between them are amphitheaters and gorges,
clinging to the dikes are bodies of altered sandstone, but
'
.
»
'
. .
'
. . <c
;
\ /
1
*
. f
.
-
■ -> • . . •
J . -
.
• 1 •
'
•
A
t
,
.
.
B'
r ;; . ,>
■
■
: ’ ,
A. . . V ■
i r: ■; 1 .... ^
t
i
<*
. !■ , •'i
J ».
-
•
, --
• %
.
r • r'
' j ;
•
■
i
-
i ’ .3
j ' .
V- v •
, : • ;
'
‘ '
■
.
’ .i. 1
:.l ) O':
*
,
n
.
-
.
. .
'
.
• ‘ »
..
'
• * s.
;
. .
*
%
0
;
4 _4
: ..1
.,0 ' ■ ;
'
' aJ' r'
-
■
1
,
i: . o otiJ
*,
■ i .
: *
• V
/
■/ir*
4 ; ’
- •
■ «. ' - ■
00
:=; : , . ' •> o ' :: ; i. :• *. y 1 ■
'
• r •
- i
'
. . t
•
i! £* i j ' '
■
j. . -
*
' '■ S ’ ' K
‘ < < • '
■ t *, ..
' •
j
"-■' "0 .j o :r-
U :
. r
. )d - ■ 3-1 i h :
.
•• ■
j
• f r
*
*
, • , ' • V
.
' ,
•
' " " , !
'
.1 ■
0 0 : , i .u. . u--i - <• > ’ '
\
f . ■ V
■
:
, '■ ■ -
■
• • :o '
•
. . ; :• ■
t
f
Vi K>>-r;J
0-
" ' '
1
I ” 8 J/VA. ( ■■ :- * : . fc.
I
■V»,
r
X^w-X, c^, iX.
^V' w
f %
|SW^- ^
n
VUS
.A
f 1
: -n
'
.
'
.
■
'
'
.
*
.
the great sandstone masses of the summit were unaltered and
from them have been excavated the gorges. Along the dike-
filled fissures there has been some faulting, but there is
no reason to believe that the displacement is great in amount.
Toward the flanks of the mountain there are a few sheets, the
outermost of which is far within the line of maximum flexure.
Their escarpments instead of facing upward like the revet-
ting sheets of Mount Ellsworth, face downward; their buried
and unknown edges are the edges toward the mountain. Their
thinning toward the periphery of the arch is conspicuous to
the eye in many instances, as is also the thinning of the
dikes .
" Another peculiarity of dike form, one which has since
been noted in a number of localities, was first detected in
Mount Holmes. It consists in a definite upper limit. The
dike so marked is often as even upon its upper surface as
an artificial stone wall. The upper surface may be level or
may incline toward one end of the dike, but in either case
it is sure to be found parallel to the bedding of the strata
which inclose the dime. this fact led to the suspicion, after-
ward confirmed by more direct evidence, that the flat top
of the dike was molded by an unbroken stratum of rock bridging
across the fissure which the lava filled (Figure 20). The
converse phenomenon can be observed in the ridge which joins
Mounts Ellsworth and Holmes. A great dike there forms the
crest of the ridge for half a mile, its base being buried in
■
■
■
'
■
■
■
.
■
* :
'
■
■
- •'
'
'
- .
,
*
■
u ■ . '
- / r . j .3$: cfoH j. ;i 'I
i ?!
sandstone; 'but at the end of the ridge the strata are seen
to he continuous beneath it (Figure 21).
'That a fissure' several feet or several scores of feet
in width should end thus abruptly, demands explanation, and
the phenomena immediately concerned offer none. Nevertheless
it is easy to make an assumption which if true renders both
cases clear. If we assume that the fissure instead of ending
at the crosshead is merely offset, and resumes its course be-
yond, and that the dike contained in it has two bodies con-
nected by a thin sheet (Figure 22), we shall have no diffi-
culty in conceiving the erosion which will produce either of
the natural appearances described.
"The rocks which constitute Mount Holmes are the same as
those about its base. The Vermilion Cliff and Gray Cliff
Sandstones alone appear in the crests. The underlying Shina-
rump shales are cut by the erosion at a few points only, and
those are near the base. For this reason the Vermilion Sand-
stone is not undermined about the base, and the circle of
revet -crags which surrounds Mount Ellsworth finds no counter-
part. There are, indeed, a few revetments of Gray Cliff
sandstone, but they are scattered and for the most part in-
cons picuous .
"In the general view of Mount Holmes (Figure 16), one of
the main dikes crowns the nearest spur, and another the suer
leading to the right.
at the left are minor dikes, and high
.
.
‘
*.
r •
'
,
■
’
■
■
■
i ;
I .
.
.
.
.
.
■
.
'
.
■' '
'
T
■
..
■ V* .
■
1 ■ £ "
up is a trap sheet notched on its lower edge. At the left
base of the mountain lies the lesser arch.
" Figure 23 gives a section exhibited by one of the north-
ward canons. It shows one of the faults of the upper part of
the arch and illustrates the thinning of the sheets as they
descend. ^
Page 118.
"Mount Holmes, a few feet lower (than Mount Ellsworth) has
the same flora, with the addition of a score of spruce trees,
high up on the northern flank. Its summits are bare.
i
uIn Figure 56 are the summit crags of Mount Holmes. They
are dikes of trachyte denuded by a discriminating erosion of
their encasements of sandstone, and carved in bold relief. In
virtue of their superior hardness they survive the general
degradation.
Page 14-6.
"Turning now to Mount Holmes, we find that its two domes
are not equally respected by the drainage lines. The crest of
the Greater arch (see Figure 72) is the center of a radiating
system, but the crest of the Messer arch is not:; and waterways
arising on the Greater traverse the Lesser from side to side.
More than this, a waterway after following the margin of the
Lesser Arch turns toward it and penetrates the flank of the
f
arch for some distance. In a word , the drainage of the Greater
arch is consequent on the structure, while the drainage of
the Lesser Arch is inconsequent.
'■ . ■ . • , " ' : - •
; . '
' ‘ •• '* .
••
‘
.
'
*
.
■
- ■ ’ '
. ' ! . " •: ■ 3 ■ "
■
. 'V _ L
.
•
.
.
■
■
"There are at least two ways in which this state of
affairs may have arisen,
"First, the Greater arch may have been lifted so long
before the Lesser that its waterways were carved too deeply
to be diverted by the gentle flexure of the latter. The
drainage of the Lesser would in that case be classed as
antecedent. If the Lesser arch were first formed and carved
the lifting of the Greater night throw a stream across its
summit; but it could not initiate the waterways which skirt the
slopes of the Lesser, especially if those slopes were already
furrowed by streams which descended them. If the establish-
ment of the drainage system depended on the order of uplift,
the Greater arch is surely the older.
" Second, the drainage of the Lesser arch may have been
imposed upon it by planation at a very late stage of the de-
gradation. Whatever was the origin of the arches, and what-
ever was the depth of cover which they sustained, the Greater
is certain to have been a center of drainage from the time of
its formation. When it was first lifted it became a draina.ge
center because it was an eminence; find afterward it remained
an eminence because it was a drainage center. When in the
progress of the denudation its dikes were exposed, their
hardness checked the wear of the summit and its eminence
became more pronounced. It was perhaps at about this time
that the last of the Cretaceous rocks were removed from the
summits and slopes of the two arches and the Flaming Gorge
. ■
'
'
■
• .f
,
.
r )
'
.
' ij 5
.
.
■
■
•
.
- >
f
■
)
■
.
■ ■
'
7
■
•
.
m i -
■
't .
’
1
'
. •
'
•
.
' . .
1
■ ‘
.
•
;
; «:
; ■
■
'
; ' ' ' . .
, • e
-
> ;
' ' ' v ' '=
..
* i ■
V./ J
•
shale was laid hare, and so soon as this occurred the con-
ditions for lateral corrasion were complete. With trachyte
in the peaks and shale upon the slopes planation would
naturally result, and a drainage system would be arranged
i
about the dikes as a center without regard to the curves of
the strata. The subsequent removal of the shale would im-
part its drainage to the underlying sandstones.
"Either hypothesis is competent to explain the facts, but
the data do not warrant the adoption of one to the exclusion
of the other. The waterways of the Leaser arch may be either
antecedent, or superimposed by planation. The Greater arch
may have been the first to rise or the last."
Prom Report of the Geology of the
Henry Mountains, by G. K. Gilbert.
Dept, of the Interior,. U. S. Geographi-
cal and Geological Survey of the Rocky
Mountain Region. 1877.
i 0\ St L t,L i
j ^ J I ' sj
v
1
k
•» V
t 1
§»»* ... i
/ ^ 4 tj
~~\f~ Lv*i— /. i
a
V V cju. JL3 U
(G - J\ i e -
rfiA*
P ^ ^
. -
V
. o ii til, s noc oe t ' - ' >JE
J ■ • aol •.
V
■;N ■ ' r, .... ! .; . rfc ' J r. J
•V.;- ■ . ■_ ■ ;; : :» . : \ : a *, \ >■.. ' .. / .
. : . : 0
. ’ - . . '
: ; . ; . . :
, •• ' • ." 1 :: ‘ oJ , ~ ... ...' .'. :fj 1
■
; : ...
.
*
,
. .
■ : r< ;-v,t ' . , i ) . .1 f.~i *.<:■ <. L \ j >
* r 1 '-:o -L i . ■ . r > \> :
-
\U : . v
1
.. T! U C
,
• ' I; 1 )
.
. 0
.
. ■
**
.
‘
■
—
■
<2h aim r
/^t ~3/tZ^. i. j £) i_^_i 'X.Lf lsV>er\^z^
S^{sv\'} tv^^rVvi-<-; ^'^'/'
/' ■ ' ' ^ ' r ^ A_
cT „ 'v'x x t'-
/^L-t — ,pt-
. l‘>l'j. 7^''i''<ryi- TXu? <3-
^ >' l~~~ <
X— Zx-j/V u\^c_ d^0j~~2—c_ <=^) ^ i^t/~7d~^''^.%
St^yi-L .f' A-^a_ i^z TZu^^^ 3X0, ^7)
■^~y^y — y^^-yL/3 jXt-+ 2-
%\^3~~ «~WJl |_ 1-~1 ‘yy^P *'“*' ^ <S^ - £-t— _
z/7 XXzZ
t
<y
-' ^"£''u'''JlX^k_ ?^xX^ ^,<v-t^. i, ^c-'A^y . H?^<- —
/y
X'X^^, (XXXX^r
C'lsdL. •d^XX' y?-t^'X~ 3
^>^^3Xtx . ^ x ^t-
T-<2^X3Xu^m^XX3 l^<~l3^/‘*f 3X^_ ^-r_- v, cXz^X
ll<l^
u^~T^> f\ , ^30 i^L^i.
,wffIt«..ni«-fX'‘'i-‘'l(r" / yZ
X/ -^Z-1 L y 0y^%-c * X~ist/s-'
Js^ 2'1/Xt- £zX-^~ls-zX^ X ^ C?c ^ ^"i-'yZ7 X, /^y >v~cX^ X^lj^
'Asc-d rpAyy-- Z AZ, tnfd A r~ J A^-'^aZZ
h 7fr~ AAZ^C- j/2^* CL^' L^~ AA : C/i^C,
i j ^j.^(. c~^ z^' py /
, /Cst^-c, -' u^r--5. .>• : .
A/ oA/Ay^P^-C<y Z—C
^ , : ^ AZZ ZZAZr %^Z.l . s&<?
%-x_ ZZy-, *
^ ZZ, ^
7n t^tZZisL;/ /d^e ^V__ sZZi ^ *- W
Z^.^-^iCi/ ' ^z)
^ c^iZZc\, ~ZA ZZ, ZZ^Z <=^Z)
jzZZ zz~~ iy /
, Ax^OiJ A> i A -/A '<■ / t^(-'r/Z'A T(iZZ^C-y£?
L^ i -yZ. Zt f^Cv u^-*uo <Z?
z^i^ufi' i) . A\j~yi//'y.f~-^A ; <^~iy\-<^t--T-*. c/r}^zryv>
, ' / / --J ■ •_ y' — — y. yf / s >'■ >
*2
7'iZZZt Z- /ZZZ^t^^
rj- Z^ZiZA/ ^>VT scZst A <^tZA&Z^yi
*? <Zz^Z . /Zc zZ^ ^ Z/ziZL? Z<nZZ
■j , ~
Zr Zyiy ZZ C'cn*-*' Z ePfZ> AZZ
UriAfc <ny?-c:<- J^U^,./-
/” yA‘‘^^yyA~
//A..<- dZZ /A-,,^ A) ^
ZZcZf' J^zr^~yi^_ e^xZ <*—
^ T*
/■-{-
^t
'//— A-c^-^~- ■*tZ~*'/-' Zrf Z^'p ^
-TslA^ZZ "'tf A^ZZr^ryt^ ^>WL.
&£■ '/A' ZaAcZ-s AzLc<^<^<i .
. ' ~ Z y& aZz^Z&Z Z Z T^ua-% >
Z.^rZ ^ s' (Vn^trr-<s Z
P
o
1
p
O
•
p
o
P
ft
p
©
o
d
o
d
cij
>?
©
© CT»
•H
•H
p
p
ft
kO
p
d
•
d
d
p
CD
P
CO
O H
rH P
o
ft
o
•H P
•
d
p
P P
ft
P
p
•H
ra p
d
P
ra
P
ra
<r*>
P
©
QOrH
M
P •
p *
c!>
ra
P H
•iH LQ
o o-
©
O
©
rt
ft o-
•H O-
©
d rH
d
CO
P CD
.P
p
© O *rl CD rH
© d ft P
.p
O -p
(H-P-P ^ M
O M O & &
g •HI -p (D •
p O d *H © d
•H P 0,0 0)
t*0ft P CO p
P © >s d p
d CO © r© © d ©
So^h .p ,p ra
ra d p
©•HO© M
.P P lO g ft
O- d o <D 0
•d-d rap
p p o- >5 d
o d ra Pi d ©
ft d d ©
<D p
©
P
ft
ra ,p o ge p
d
© P p
3p
d ft p
o
d ft
© o o
© P
p
imp©
fi P
ra p
ft CO
♦H
© £
P ra
*• »P
P p
©
p > ©
t> *H |>
PP O
P o
«* 03 ft O
ftp *H
P ‘H rd P
o ft © d
«. po •
rood
© d
>a P
P
©
i — 1
o
l>
p
d p .h p ra
P ,p d © d . .
O O bDp ft ^ d
ft H -h p -H
© rH
"§
M
© •
ft P
P O
•H
ft *tQ
O ©
ft
P
P P
© *H
S d
p p
ft o
© ft
P
>s
p O
P o
O ft
ft
© ©
CP ft
p
ra
- ft
p o
P
© >5
ft ©
rH *>
•H
CP
O © d p ,M rH
CO
O ft O O © p{
©
ft ra © o
CD rH
© © raft©
CO d
ft ft >& © ft
O
p p p ft ro
•H
P O *H ©
ttf)
ft Oft P ft ft
o
o p w ft ft p
rH
.
£ m
of trcfr/ivte .
s*
\
(V\
£
r*
intrusions .
Intrusion of masses of Trachyte.
Sierra el Tate,
(Hie rocks which constitute Mount Holmes are the same as
those about its base. The Yermilion Cliff and Gray Cliff
Sandstones alone appear in the crests . The underlying
Shinarump shales are cut by the erosion at a few points only,
and those are near the base. For this reason the Yermilion
Sandstone is not undermined abooit the base, and the circle of
revetcrags which surrounds Mount Ellsworth finds no counterpart.
There are, indeed, a few revetments of Gray Cliff sandstone,
but they are scattered and for the most part inconspicuous.
In the general view of Mount Holmes (Figure 16), one of
the main dikes crowns the 'nearest spur, and another the spur
leading to the right. At the left are minor dikes, and high
up is a trap sheet notched on its lower edge. At the left base
of the mountain lies the lesser arch.
Figure 23 gives a section exhibited by one of the northward
canons. It shows one of the faults of the upper part of the arch
and illustrates the thinning of the sheets as they descend. )j
(Report on the Geology of the Henry Mountains, by G. K. Gilbert.
1877. Pages 27-30.
, , L
.. . ?
*>
"
J A\M tz S
"HOMES TOWER" JOSHED BY G'i WHARTON JAMES
Grand 'Canyon of the Colorado
"To the north and west of Shiva Temple is a massive square
rock-pile which I have named Holmes Tower, after that most gen-
ial and accomplished scientist in so many branches, Mr. W. H.
Holmes. Geology not only owes him much for his charming draw-
ings, which embellish Captain Dutton* s canyon report, but arch-
eology and ethnology are his great debtors, as a cursory survey
of the reports of the Bureau of Ethnology will reveal. And it
seems most appropriate that one of the great canyon monuments,
which stood almost under his eyes as he sat on Point Sublime
making his inimitable drawings, should receive his name.
West of Confucius Temple is another great butte which is
named Becker Butte, and between this and Holmes Tower, at the
western extension of Shiva Temple, is Russell Butte, so named
after the geologist who traced the beaches of the prehistoric
Lake Lahontan. Beyond Russel Butte, and almost due west of
Becker, is a square red tower named Gannet Tower, after the
man whose topographical work has made world-famed the maps of
the United States Geological Survey.”
In and Around the Grand Canyon, by George Wharton James,
(The Grand Canyon of the Colorado River in Arizona) lf'i ^
Boston. Little, Brown, and Company, MDCCCCVII, page 92.
GEORGE WHARTON JAMES
^ Further explorations have since been made under the
direction of the United States Geological Survey while Major
Powell was its director, and as a result Captain Clarence E.
Dutton has published one of the most interesting monographs
ever penned by a specialist* Its title is "The Tertiary History
fy
of the Grand Canyon District,” and it is accompanied with a
large atlas containing admirable pictures, etc., of the Canyon
region, - from sketches made by Mr. W. H, Holmes, the accomplish-
ed field geologist, artist, archaeologist, and writer, now in
charge of the Anthropological Department of the Unites States
National Museum. No praise^7 bestowed upon these gentlemen,
for the fidelity with which they have described this marvellous
rock region, can ever be adequate return for the pleasure they
have afforded those who have enjoyed the fruit of their labors.))
(”In and Around the Grand Canyon? by George V/harton James, p35 ) 1 1
8 Ir / . < ft~r;; -1 ■ ... '■ t: •; ' ; ■ .. ’-0 Cq x« . . xi * ;f:.
[iff* 9 ' J
■ - . .
, ' ■ . sw
It . ■
■
; j* . ' ot : .0 . : i - I a - O f t
. . < ■■ eltfa eg
. ■ ... . ■ .
>n . . t& : : i ' I 5
. ■ ' ti n )Zc - ' ) e
.
t :■ 0:X •: » - I / ' , . i. • , i. ; . :.
'
huoj Cevififf. aid* bzdl-t.ov oh ”$*{$ do I ;Iw rlti w :i &rf j io‘t.
■ •
r.«M 9 t . ■ I [ 0 . $ ■ 9 . V9 j : .
' ■
I ,8 ■■■ i ■ • .. a : . m i . j { r Cf< i A SB U •
X
A
- f
xY
//
-
X-X
X,
x\
«■'.
S I 'Cs^LtJL^ L U'WL.
Ov ^C, 4
&y*~/
>1
( / ^
X P -e^- Q^f1 — >
f^~XJ~- JfJ*',
LvfcM
£-*~X.
L — *" f ^ — ■"
CM^
Ann Eliza Young, Nineteenth Wife of Brigham Young,
Founder of Mormonism.
On my way to the field of our summer1 s campaign
in Colorado, I traveled west with her and her friend
Miss Briggs. She is a pleasant average Iowa girl,
good looking and intelligent. I did not venture to
inquire of her religious views or her opinion of
Mormon ism.
MY BOY PUPIL OF TEE 1860s now, 1931, D.D-. , 11. D. etc.
When in my school teaching days in Ohio, I taught
the District School known as rT Science Hill" near the town
of Cadiz and within one-half mile of my father's home, I
had a pupil, a slender hoy of perhaps ten, Melvin Grove Kyle,
whose father had a small farm and operated a saw mill in the
Creek Yalley down the plank road below the school. He was
not as yet of any particular promise and I lost trace of him
on the day my service ended.
Years later, after I had made my place in the world,
and not having heard from Melvin for at least forty or fifty
years, I came across his name in some publication as the Rev.
Melvin Grove Kyle, D.D., 11. D., President of the Xena Theologi-
cal Seminary of St. Louis, Missouri. I wrote him and had
the pleasure of a reply and the opening of a correspondence
that lasted for many years resulted. His various publications
on explorations in Palestine and elsewhere are full of interest,
even of thrill.
The following clipping referring to my work in
archaeology is worthy of preservation.
.
.
'
.
.
-
.
.
B I
.
'
.
■
.
>
• ■
1
A
A Marvel Without Parallel, if True
A LETTER, a few days ago, from Dr William
Henry Holmes, the distinguished head of the
Anthropological Department of the ^National Museum
at Washington, which began, _ My dear Melvin,
filled me with pleasant recollections of my boyhood
days, when I used to address him as Teacher m the
little schoolhouse at old Science Hill. Then, Mel-
vin” was ‘one of his obstreperous boys, and also one
of his most ardent admirers. This letter and the ac-
companying off-print from a scientific journal, was
most opportune apropos of the presentation of In-
dian Lore in the last Archaeological Review.
I have often called attention to the natural resem-
blances and at the same time the lack of evidence of
historical connection between Indian remains in
America and the remains of Europe and the East,
and, also, to the comparative recentness of the In-
dian occupation of America. It is with great pleas-
ure that I quote now from Dr. Holmes some sen-
tences as a fitting summary and conclusion of the
presentation of Indian remains.
Concerning recent discovery, at Vero, b Ion da, of
human remains associated with fossil remains of the
Pleistocene age, and the inference of the great age ot
man on the western continent which some have has-
tened to draw, Dr. Holmes calls attention, m re-
sponse, to the shifting back and forth of channels ot
streams over wide areas, and the slipping of strata
on slopes: “It is the failure to recognize these im-
portant considerations,” he says, that has led m
many cases to the confident and regrettable announce-
ments on the part of students respecting the original
association of human remains with the remains ot
fossil animals of the earlier periods. If now such
views ... are allowed to prevail, we shall have to
accept the conclusion that American man had ad-
vanced to the pottery-making stage in the middle or
early Pleistocene, and that, after the lapse of a vast
period, the art was revived by the same or another
people using the same materials, employing similar
methods, and attaining identical results^ xm the samd
region — a marvel without parallel m the history ot
m “It is manifestly a serious duty of the archeologist
and the historian of man to continue to challenge
every reported discovery suggesting the great geo-
logical antiquity of the race in America, and to ex-
pose the dangerous ventures of little experienced or
biased students in a field which they have not made
fully their own.” „ , VT,7TT
Dr. William Henry Holmes, Science, N. S., Vol. aDVH,
No. 1223, pp. 561, 562, June 7, 1918.
By my boy pupil at Science Hill, near Cadiz,
Ohio, about 1868, now, 1920, he is the Right Reverend
Melvin Kyle, D.D., L.L.D., President of the Xehia
Theological Seminary, St. Louis, Missouri, conducting
explorations in Palestine.
X
cc
<
v;
o'
i
2
1-
z
uj
in
111
5
a
cn
0
w
_i
UJ
a:
<
. St.
1794
Q.
ui
CJ
ui
>
ci
>
a
<
2
<
Q
U
U!
o
0
UJ
Q
>
j
H
0
z
D
0
or
o
Z
X
0
u.
o
UJ
JL
in
z
I
<
§
>
r— <
LU
CO
5
<
00
to
— 1
z
uj
X
K
W
in
x
0
in
in
UJ
u.
0
x
a.
Q i
• o
Q I
5 5
til
h- X
x t-
UJ o
m p
0 5
a l
>■
in
X
0
in
in
UJ
U.
0
x
Q.
>
• tc
Z o
0 £
2*
5 1
1 =>
X
UJ o
U)
03
UJ
<
a:
LJ
H
_J
J-
Z
0) in
UJ uj
5 13
UJ
< X
uj O
D
UJ U)
o 2
_l o
O ;j
Q U1
z *
< .
>- '
a 0
< 5
UJ 4
X Z
u 2
U (3
LJ O
O >-
X x
o g
UJ 2
O O
“ <
IE in
UJ “
H
in s
OD i*i
UJ Z
5 §
• <
UJ
J
>-
d
2
<E
o
D >
Z c
< s
> O
0 UJ
2 f
<
a.
K
O
z
X
”3
Q
<
PS ,
THE EHD OF THE YEAR
MY DISASTER IN THE JEMEZ MOUNTAINS. F m MEXICO , 1887,
Our Party Comprised Major Powell, Professor
Langley, Mr. & Mrs . James Stevenson & others .
My letters home recite the many interesting events
occuring from day to day in our camp life and our explorations
among the ruins, the Indian Puehlos and the rugged mountains and
charming valleys, "but my season1 s work came to a sudden close.
About the end of September I joined Major Powell in a mountain ex-
cursion and one afternoon, descending on horseback from a high peak,
I had the misfortune to suffer a very serious injury. The Major
rode a large, free-going horse and I rode a pony, selected for con-
venience in mounting and dismounting in gathering specimens and mak-
ing sketches. This pony had a gait, when on good roads, as com-
fortable as a rocking chair, but he had stiff forelegs and coming
down the mountain trail I had great difficulty in keeping up with
Powell. I suffered terribly from the long continued jar and by
the time we reached camp my back was broken, or near-abouts, and I
was quite helpless. The injury was so serious that Stevenson con-
structed a litter of long poles on which, with a mule attached, I
was placed and drawn out to the railway and sent home. Mrs. Steven
son aided materially in caring for me, and in due course I arrived
safely in Washington, and was soon fully restored.
The only mention or note I have of this episode is a
brief letter from Colonel Stevenson written in answer to a letter
from Mrs. Holmes thanking him for his care of me. This letter is
as follows:
(However, after the lapse of 42 years (1929) the back of my neck
is still sensitive to any decided jar as in driving rapidly over
rough streets.)
r
'
■
'
'
... ; . - ■<-
'
.
'
• > X . : '
C; 2 m
■
'
'
■
:
« f
.
■
-
'
Bernalillo, N. M.
October 9, 1887
Bear Mrs. Holmes:
If you will excuse the note paper I am using
I will drop you a line to acknowledge the receipt of
your kind letter of thanks to Mrs. Stevenson and myself
for the little we did for your husband while ill in
camp. Mrs. Stevenson did all she could under the cir-
cumstances. Mr. Holmes was a very ill man and when I
constructed a machine to drag him out of the mountains I
had but little hopes of getting him in safety to the rail-
road. I am glad, however, to learn that he has reached
you in as good a condition as he has.
I am here to assist Professor Langley home. He
left for the East at Z this A.M. Mrs. Stevenson and I
will remain out considerably later to work among some of
the Pueblos.
Please present Mr. Holmes our best wishes and
gratification that he is at home.
With great sincerity from Mrs. Stevenson and
myself, I am
Truly yours ,
Is/ JAS. STEVENSOH
'
■
...
■
• ■ .
.
...
■ . . r': .■■ . 'J " ■ • V
.
,, . .
: - ' '
■
’
v- " : . v
■
.
. ■ : . ' ■ ■
'
.
, .... ■
■
.
'
, -
, -
— _
fi. I.
/£
THE MILITANT PACK MULE
A spirited mule often resents the un-
welcome pack and the throwing of the "diamond
hitch" and gives no end of trouble. It is no
easy task to subdue him when he breaks control
and "goes on the air", and the scattered
remnants of the mess boxes and their contents
tell the story.
f*1**
J
\
i
••
««Wf»
1
t
s
J
, 2b.
4
c
v,
i
6o
vl
.
.
-f
■
■
'
<p
d co
•H fLj
O
fd
d
<D £
Si CD
0)
P rQ
X!
t»D <D
♦H >
rH d
•
p fe
w
o
EH
o
t>DH
O
•H (D
Hi
-p
a ^
m
( — 1
d
-p a
CO
M -H
K
CD
si
EH
u
fd
d5
CD
• CD
CD P
M
-P
£*0 *H
&H
nd d
<
CO
•H £
£~H
£
Ph d
g
»=s
o
rQ
si
4-^
M
CO
<H fl
d CD
r^“!
Ph Ph
o
3 ?H
p p o
CD
d P
PI t
CO
d d
CO
♦r~ 1
tiD W)
;d
d d
Eh
•H J4
CO
CO d
O
^ CO
O d
TB IP TO MliXICO
v
>' l
1899
The Obsidian Mine
Good fortune smiled on me again when in the early
spring of 1899 I was asked to Join a party of scientists on
a trip to Mexico* Mr* George W. Breckinridge of San Antonio
had asked Major Dutton, who was then a resident of San Antonio,
to accompany him on a visit to Mexico and to invite one or more
scientists to Join the party and the invi&tion was extended to
me, as indicated by appended letters and telegram. I reported
at San Antonio on April 1, 1899.
Mr. Breckinridge is a hanker and in appearance
resembles Secretary Langley. He is an agreeable man who
enjoys outings of the kind proposed. G. K. Gilbert, the
geologist, was invited to Join the party which travelled by a
special car by way of Monterey, Tampico, Orizaba, Cordoba, Vera
Cruz to Mexico City, arriving on April 7. Our itinerary in-
.. 1 v
volved five or six trips with the City of Mexico as a starting
point, some being for geological and others for archeological
observations. Mr. W. W. Blake of Mexico City, an old friend
of mine. Joined us $n some of our trips.
The following quotation from a letter addressed to
Mrs. Holmes from Orizaba on April 7, 1899, will give an in-
formal touch to the otherwise formal accounts of the trip. It
seems that my notes have largely disappeared and the only publi-
cation resulting from the trip is a study of the Obsidian Mines,
see paper on same, American Anthropologist, 1900.
"Although I have written Orizaba at the top of
this sheet, I am really at Cordova, BO miles lower down th©
road toward Vera Cruz. Our car is standing on the sidetrack
here in front of the station where we were dropped off at
three this afternoon. It is eight In the evening and is dark
with a dripping rain outside. Dutton and Gilbert are at the
J' - - ;
tqble playing cribbage and Mr. Breckinridge is playing "solitaire.
Since writing you last in Monterey we have been con-
stantly on the go through dust and rain and chill and heat over
half of Mexico. Yesterday afternoon we reached ths City of
Mexico, attended to some business and then set out for this
point. We would have gone on to Vera Cruz but Dutton seemed
to fear the yellow fever. The trip to Tampico was given up
for the same reason. There is as yet no yellow fever in the
country and there is no danger. Our object in coming here is to
see the great peax of Orizaba (see picture in the Cosmos Club)
the face of the great plateau where the highland breaks off
next the Gulf and to get a glimpse of Popocatepetl on the way.
Our itinerary is now made out for five or six trips with the
City of Mexico as the starting point. Some of these are
areheologie and some are geologic. I found my friend W* W.
*
Blake in Mexico City and he will go with us on two or three
of the trips.
I have sketched a little as we ran, but of course
the results amount to but little. I may get time to sketch
something at Orizaba tomorrow where we will probably tie up
a
for a day. It is /very picturesque place with plenty of bridges,
S-jj-- C wv^.<, WsU. Or'^»4*" ««i Cftt. CAA-
.
'
•
,
•
V
•
■
.
...
*
-
'
,
-
.
-
■
.
August 22, 1928.
THOMAS MOHAN'S MASTERPIECE ACQUIRED BY THE
RATI ORAL GALLHRY OF ART, WASHINGTON.
The Thomas Moran painting of the Grand Canyon of the
Yellowstone which has been on exhibition in the national Gallery
for a number of years as a loan, first by the artist and later
by his daughter, Miss Ruth B. Moran, has been added to the
Gallery1 s permanent collections. In May of the present year
during a visit of Mr. George D. Pratt of Hew York City to the
Gallery he became deeply impressed with the importance of this
great work artistically and nationally, and soon after announced
his willingness to contribute ten thousand dollars to its purchase.
Miss Moran was so greatly pleased with the prospect of having the
picture become the property of the Ration, thus retaining its
place in the Rational Gallery, that she decided to accept this
■ amount*
Moran, who died in his ninetieth year, August 25, 1926,
was exceedingly skillful with the pencil, the graver and the
brush and was a colorist unsurpassed. After three visits to
the Yellowstone he found the Grand Canyon most worthy of his crown-
ing effort, and prepared the way for its pictorial realization by
a multitude of studies in pencil and water color. The canvas
finally chosen was so large (8 x 14 ft) that it could not be accom-
modaoed in his maso xiampton studio and a nearby carpenter shop was
utilized for the purpose.
The subject of this work was selected by the master
after years of familiarity with the scenic wonders of the far
west. It was executed with a skill bordering on the marvelous
and is realized in forms, colors and effects as exquisitely
beautiful as can be conceived without transcending the verities
of earthly landscape. Considering the full range of attributes
essential to great art, this painting has strong claims to rank
as America’s greatest landscape. Its acquirement is a triumph
for the National Gallery of Art.
In this degenerate day in art the people pass by this
picture giving it a mere glance because perhaps it represents
one of America’s grandest landscape wonders. As a landscape
it is without doubt the greatest masterpiece of landscape by
an American, if not by the painters of any people or age.
This will doubtless come to be recognized by critics when the
lunacy of impressionism has passed, as it must pass if the
painter’s art is ever to be resuscitated.
.
■
•
.
■
’ -
I «
..
- ' -• \ . : 3 . : i :S ' r,i ' - . :
■
4
.
.
.
- ■: . ' ■ ■ ■■ ■ - ' ; \ , ’ ; c - . ;.,5
f ' •
’
.
■
■
.
'
.
^
J
4
;
\
j \ ..
£ *
u )
✓ V
o^Sa^ ©
\
r^’ol , k '
— U-v ^ -~~y* v^-^V'-VV "'v
YK?;4.
s , "7) ,y3 rT"^
tyrr*
■
Introducing Mrs . Walcott on tine occasion of her presentation
with colored slides of her studies of the wild flowers of British
Columbia at the home of Mrs. Frank B. Hoyes, 1239 Vermont Avenue,
Washington, D. C., February 13, 1924.
(wife of Secretary Walcott of the Smithsonian)
Genius breaks through the boundaries of the unachieved and
accomplishes the thing never before thought of, or regarded as
beyond the limits of the possible. The explorer, gifted with
strong will and tireless limbs, reaches the summits of mountains
and penetrates the cheerless deserts and is rewarded by the thrill
of discovery; but this is not all. He descends the. mountains
and returns from the deserts burdened with a wealth of priceless
observation which finds its way through varied channels to the
home-staying people of the world.
It Is an old saying that tTThe rolling stone gathers no
t
moss,,T but this applies only to the stone that does nothing but
roll. Applied to the humankind, the figure is far from the
truth. Columbus, urged by the lust of the wanderer, sailed the
un sailed seas and brougnt oack a new world. Marco Polo penetrated
for tne first time by a European, the then great unknown of China.
Stanley and Ward ventured into the wilds of .Africa and brought back
new knowledge of the black continent and of the black people.
hr. Walcott, year after year, has explored the glorious
Columbian ranges and has brought back chapter after chapter of the
story of the geological ages, adding thus to the wo rid -bull ding
cnapters tnat have gone before. Mrs. Walcott, ever by his side,
has followed the obscure paths that lead ever upward toward the
She has found and
forbidding summits draped in eternal snowa
established her claim to a, new and vast realm, a realm of fragrant
bloom of which the world knew nothing.
For untold ages the plains, the valleys and the mountains
of this remote land have bloomed in vain. The carpet of tender
blossoms has, year after year, spread itself over the vast slopes
creeping eagerly upy/ard behind the fields of retreating snow to
the very margins of the glacial ice.
Mrs. Walcott’s footsteps have rustled these endless clouds
of bloom heretofore undisturbed save by the feet of the deer, the
elk and the bear and by the breezes that come with the tardy spring.
She has not wandered in these far fields in vain. She has filled
her portfolio with a marvelous record of the wild - a surprising
and wonderful display. Thus she has made for herself a lasting
place in the realms of both science ana. art. She has brought
It ■
home to the world a record of bloom, the pages of which make for
her a monument not less enduring than the monument of stone.
Read also at a dinner given by hr. G-eorge P. Merrill in
celebration of my eightieth birthday at his home, Mrs. Walcott
being present, t rv n r
SEARCH FOR AH APPROPRIATE RESTING PLACE FOR THE GREENOUGH
STATUE OF GEORGE WASHINGTON.
The pathetic story of the colossal statue of George
Washington, by Horatio Greenough, is given in all available
detail in Fairman's valuable work "Art and Artists of the
Capitol of the United States of America." This great
work was executed by Horatio Greenough, American sculptor,
in Florence, Italy, 1832-40 and reached Washington July 31,
1841. It had a cold reception officially in Washington
and also by the country generally, and was spoken of by some
as the Father of his Country "without a shirt” and in other
equally derisive language. It remained practically an
outcast for nearly 70 years being installed in turn in the
Capitol building, where the floor would not support it, and
in the Capitol grounds. Finally it was found to be suffer-
ing seriously from exposure to the elements, and the question
of its preservation was f-fertstlly referred to the Secretary of
the Smithsonian Institution and, as Curator of the National
Gallery of Art, I was asked to find a place for it. After go-
ing into the matter quite thoroughly, I reported that the
Chapel of the Smithsonian Institution, not at the time serving
any important purpose, came nearest an ideal situation - digni-
fied yet unobtrusive, where visitors to the Institution could
view it without feeling that it was forced upon their atten-
tion.
'
'
1‘ -
.
• -
■
'
■
.
;
.
*
,
*
?
■
■
1 1
. j
* •
,1 ' ■; b ; ’ ■ i* 1 '
.
LIST I STATUARY
Statue of George Y/ashington, colossal, marble*
By Horatio Greenough
Example of American Historical Portraiture.
Appendix to the Gallery Report, 1929, List I.
This statue of Washington was transfered by Act
of Congress, May 22, 1908, from the Capitol
grounds to the Smithsonian Institution.
"By act of Congress, approved May 22, 1908, the
colossal marble statue of Washington by Horatio Greenough,
completed in 1840 and since 1875 occupying a position in
front of the main steps of the Capitol, was transferred
to the custody of the Smithsonian Institution. It is
intended to place this work in the Smithsonian building
until a more fitting location for it shall be found,
probably in connection with the National Gallery of Art.
The statue has been greatly injured by its long exposure
in the open air, but its preservation has been urged by
artists qualified to pass upon its merits."
(Report of National Museum, 1908, page 21)
• ‘H .1 -
?
• - x .. la‘: , ... 5 . ■ ' . ■’
■
. • • • . . 5 .
-
t
■
"m.
■
f
MR. HOLLIES * HONORS
WASHI HGTOH SCIENTIST RECEIVES M IMPORTANT PRIZE.
<£ a-tjkL.
The award of the Le Due de Loubat prizes, founded
with Columbia College of Hew York, to be awarded once
in five years, for the most noteworthy works on American
anthropology, has been made, and the first grand prize
of $1,000 was captured by Mr, William Henry Holmes of
Washington, Head Curator of Anthropology, at the United
States national Museum, and formerly Curator of the De-
partment of Ethnology in the Field Columbian Museum at
Chicago .
le Due de loubat is American born, of French de-
scend inheriting his title from his father. He is
immensely wealthy, and is a cosmopolitan, spending a
greater portion of his time, however, in Hew York City.
He recently gave $1,000,000 to Columbian College in that
city, aside from founding the prizes for anthropological
works. The award of these prizes is the first that has
been made, and the importance of the works submitted in
competition cannot be overestimated. Judges are appoint-
ed for each five-year period. The committee of fudges
which has ^ust completed its services was composed of
Professor H. T. Peck of Columbia College, Dr. Daniel G.
Brinton and Professor W. J. McGee of the Bureau of Eth-
nology in this city.
'
£
■
'
' ' * ■■■ • •
■
...
.
*
.
■
1 , / ■ ■ ,
’ • . - .. . , ■'<£
♦
a&*t ■ ■ . i iz b > i
■
. .
■
.
. ■' ■' .
■
/
l - : ■
•-
. " . ■ s : . > •
-
.
. : . ,
.
’
.
Besides carefully scanning the works received in
competition, the committee also examined such other
works relating to American archaeology as have been pub-
lished in the English language during the last three
years. In the consideration of the monographs the
committee took into account not only the scientific
v
value of the work, but also the importance of the sub-
ject treated, the method of investigat ion pursued by the
authors, and the artistic and literary excellence of the
presentation.
The monographs that were formally submitted for
examination were the productions of eight different
authors. Of these the committee selected as being the
most meritorious and as fully complying with the conditions
prescribed for the competition the treatise offered by -Mr.
William Henry Holmes of Washington, the title of whose
treatise was "Stone Implements of the Potomac-Chesapeake
Tidewater Provinces.” In recommending the award of the
first prize of $1,000 to Mr. Holmes, the committee says:
"This volume may be held to mark an epoch in Ameri-
can archaeological research by interpreting the remarkably
abundant artifacts of a typical region in the light of
previous studies of actual aboriginal handiwork, and thus
establishing a basis for the classification of the stone
art of the western hemisphere.
It is the result of
..
.
v ' \ . ' ' V - ' • ( • ... . fci<- 4 1 .
•v , . ■ :s ■
\ : ' ‘ ^ ' . . J , .
• . -
'
'
.
#
' .
'
‘
,
.
'
*
.
• ... ' ;. ■ ■ ' . .
■
.
1
. 1 4 V,- -. ;
.
'
'
*
close typological analysis, and is supplied with a
wealth of illustrative material that gives it most ex-
ceptional interest and value. "
The second prize of $400 was awarded to Dr. Franz
Boaz of the Metropolitan Museum of Natural History of
New York the subject of whose monograph was: "The Social
Organization and Secret Societies of the Kwakiutl Indians."
Honorable mention is due Dr. Karl Lumboltz, who treated
the subject: "Objective Symbolism of the Huichol Indians,"
and Mr. Frank: H. Cushing of Washington, who offered a
manuscript interpretative of aboriginal art and industry,
under the title: "Tomahawk and Calumet, Shield and Gorget,"
y
and Dr. Walter .Hoffman, whose extended memoirs embodied a
careful study of the Menomini Indians. The committee
also especially commended the work of Alfred P. Mandslay of
London, dealing with the archaeology of Central America,
but which was not submitted or completely published.
-
: .
*
__
* i
i l- ; '
. 0
' : • : J;;.--1' - v e*; i
■ ' ■ ■
\ . ,
■ • ' ’ ■
‘ ■■ ■;■ • - " f, •- : • : ;
I ;; ■
• ■
'
■
' ■. ' . .
' . \
.
. ’ ' .'-V
$
'
■
■
.
'
'
ft
-I
LOUWtf- >Pt«
DIN(S£I\ VMITH PI\E31D -CM
Extract from a letter addressee to ^rs. Bolmas;
"Hotel Santiago, Chile,
Sunday, December 27, l*Vo
T,I am back from my trip to the south and am again in the
troublous torrent of social and scientific affairs in Santiago*
Today is comparatively quiet, although I have to dine with the
President of the republic, Hr. Pedro ITontt at eight this even-
ing. I had hardly expected that the invitation would be re-
peated and rather hoped to escape this particular function —
but there is no let up to the hospitality of these people'.
Last night I attended a great banquet, given to the various
delegations of the Congress, at the University. Friday night,
Christmas, a warm June day with a cool night, the opening ses-
sion of the Congress was held at the theater and the Chairmen
of the various delegations had their opportunity to tell the
Chileans how glorious their country is and how beautiful their
women. The fact is that all concede that the percentage of
handsome women is greater here than in any other country of the
world. My good friend Smith is fully convinced of this, and
tomorrow night at a great reception to be held at the Glob de
Union I shall have a good chance to make up my own mind on
this point.
"The first scientific meetings of the various sections
were held yesterday and my paper comes on Wednesday. It will
be read in abstract only and in Spanish by Mr. Philippi, a
young lawyer, son of the German director of the local Museum,
and a most helpful and obliging fellow* I thin& I told you
- i
of his good mother in my last letter* On Monday morning I
went with Mrs. Philippi and the five grandchildren of the
family down to Constitution on the Pacific where I spent two
days sketching and wandering along what is perhaps the most
picturesque coast in America. J got only four good sketches.
The wind blew hard and was cold and I have caught a pretty
"bad cold, but otherwise am in excellent shape.
i
"So far I have only one letter from you here and on the
assumption that one or more war e forwarded to Buenos Aires I
have had them telegraph to the Paris Hotel there making in-
quiries.
"Being busy since my return from the south, catching
up in various matters I have had to cut out a dinner at the
Irgentine Minister’s and several horse show receptions and
flower bombardments. I am now counting the days to pass be-
fore we set sail for the north — on the sixth of January*
A dozen or more of our American party and half a dozen ladies
will be stopping in Peru. If everything goes well I hope to
spend about two weeks in the visit to Lake Titicaca and
Cuzao and a week about Lima. Then! oh, then! I am off for
home.”
j - l 'U vo \
f I I ^
gJi 'wA ‘
■■
s
'
V
■
_
1
3 ’
r .
A CHAPTER GUT OF THE PAST - FROM JOSEPH PTOTEIL
J 0 L . -
"My evenings were spent usually with Professor W. H.
Holmes and a number of other artists, when I was not with
a crowd of cyclers at the rooms of the Capitol Bicycle Club,
Professor Holmes was then in Major Powell's department of
the Ethnological Bureau, and so was Thomas Moran, who ought
to have been a great artist - he is bigger than the present-
day duffers, anyway - and Holmes had assisted at the dis-
covery not only of the Yellowstone G-eysers but of the Grand
Canyon of the Colorado. He gave wonderful descriptions
of the way Powell's party traveled across the desert, know-
ing nothing of the Canyon; and how for some days they crossed
the level plain, at last sighting trees on the faraway horizon
with nothing but clouds beyond, strange in that country,
astonishing these scientists as they slowly approached; of
their keeping on until the mules refused to go further; of
their own terror as they came to the trees and that awful
screen of clouds; and how, when they did reach the edge,
there was nothing, and Major Powell, in his ghastly fright,
whispered, fMy God, boys, its true, we've struck the end of i!'
the world!'
In the Yellowstone they sat dov/n for supper one evening
If.
by a quiet boiling spring and put things in it to cook, but
suddenly, it went off and spouted a hundred feet in the air;
¥, *• «
vv
V '
.
.
• ‘ '
.
,
■
■
- , .
'
’
*
.
.
.
' - ; ■
- ■
■ . " •
1
'
r •*
'
■
■
■
'
’
’and,’ said Holmes, 'some of the crowd didn’t stop running
till they got to Washington.’
Stories like these and the offer of a post if I could
make satisfactory drawings - satisfactory, that is, from a
government critical standpoint - induced me, for the first and
last time, to compete for a post. I was given a sort of pro-
file map which Holmes had made in pencil and told to copy it
in ink. Holmes said he had made it with the thermometer away
telow zero, thawing the lead pencil, or himself, over a fire
between his legs as he drew. I felt like telling him, as I
used to he told, ’there wras no merit in that.’ The only
other thing about it I can remember is that there was a Mount
Pennell on the drawing, but where that Mount is or was, I do
not know or care. I believe there is an Elizabeth River
discovered by Landor in South America, but then both he and
Teddy said the other never was there. I took the map and
improved it, and I did not get on the Survey. But how Holmes,
who could make the most stunning direct watercolors, should
have preferred this sort of drudgery was beyond me mentally
as well as artistically. There were other Washington artists,
and the first American prize student, and Doctor Burnett, who
was, I believe, the first person in Washington to collect
etchings, whom I used to go to see. They are all, save Pro-
fessor Holmes, rather vague in my rather dim memory of forty
years ago.”'
(rTThe Adventures of an Illustrator,” by Joseph Pennell, pp 82-83)
i > . /
.
'
*
.
■
.
-
.
. .
.
'
.
'
■
. • fi : ; > J • - * ■ " - I *
l f - 3 . ..
■
-
■ •
■ ' ■ :
.
- . ' liL-"’ ' ' '
THE CENTENNIAL EXPOSITION
Philadelphia, 1876
4 4k Ho o ^ " p— v
^~j *- L> J U»_hv cLl 0 JJU »^£v_
V V &.JL t x<!— CwL, /4/L07lAt^
pp^- i ko^ Jl^ <X^ l (rdxi-
t ^ '
£/ S./VX<L^
'I — v y ^
h -j -i
^Vy_<
UN-ij
1 U V ,
^L- lit 1 ^ ^
(LAj. Aa£ Q^A ( a^»! it
efc|| k_L V.^Lt 4< ^
f> C^uljvtAOcwhuj (Vvtvel^ 1
k v V t vA-^-y— ^<t «_ ^ V"V y\,
knvtrU^) 4V^ 1 r^\ ^ \
|tkV- at. Jl . I
‘k't )'t 1 Tya-t^ 'll el JL
CO\jy_ 0 L^vv,
cuf
-<uv
\ "L- i
4 \
rvv
k
~*Mr-rv
vU
Vtv^ (LcrLn- jpy IxJ^l^rvU
^3
Page from my notebook on returning
from the instalation of exhibits, among which
were several models of cliff dwellings a,nd
many art objects of the Colorado cliff dwellers.
For^an account of our participation in
this exposition see the Smithsonian Report
for 1876, pages 53-66.
THE CLIFF DWELL IF G MODELS
U* S. GEOLOGICAL AID CEOC.'DHIJC.vL EuTVJY OF THE I3RHI3JOBISS
MBBACIIIG IDAHO AND WYOMI NO-187 7,
By F. V. HAYDEN*
(Work of W, K. Holmes)
"The following year the same region was visited by Mr* W. II*
Holmes, one of the geologists of the survey, and a careful in-
vestigation made of all the ruins*" (1875) (page XL II I )
"The occasion of the Centennial inhibition at Philadelphia
led to the idea, of preparing" models of these ruins for the clearer
illustration of their peculiarities, four of which were completed
in season for the opening of the exhibition. Since that time not
only the number of these inter es ting models, has been increased , but
they have been perfected in execution and faithful delineation of
these mysterious remains of an extinct race who once lived within
the borders of our western domain*
L ' tr - >• . ’ "? '■ " * '.•** t ' f , V s i .1 *v \ ,, \
A study o f these models will give a very excellent idea of
the ruined dwellings themselves* The first of these models, exe-
cuted by Hr . Holmes,, represents the cliff house of the .Man oos
Canon, the exterior dimensions of wl ich are 28 inches in breadth
by 46 inches in height, and on a scale of 1*24, or two feet to the
inch* This is a two-story bull ding, constructed of stone, occupy-
ing a narrow ledge in the vertical face of the bluff 700 feet
above the valley, and 200 feet from the teg.* It is 24 feet in
length and 14 feet, in depth, and divided into four rooms on the
ground -floor* The beams supporting the second floor are all
destroyed* The doorways y serving also -as windows, were quite
small, only one small aperture in the outer wall feeing the valley,
The exposed walls were lightly plastered' .over with clay; end so
closely resembled the general surface of the bluff that it becomes
exceedingly difficult to distinguish them at n little distance
from the if surround i ngs * **■ ( 1876 ) ( pa g© IX I II )
EIGHTIETH ANNIVERSARY TESTIMONIAL
Reprinted from Science, December 10, 1926, Vol. LXIV,
No. 1667 pages, 571-572.
TESTIMONIAL TO PROFESSOR WILLIAM
HENRY HOLMES
As a testimonial to Professor William Henry
Holmes, director of the National Gallery of Art,
on the occasion of his eightieth birthday, on December
1, a volume was presented containing one hundred and
fifty personal letters of felicitation from intimate
friends and those colleagues and co-workers who
during the past sixty years have been closely asso-
ciated with him in the fields of geology, anthropology,
exploration and the fine arts. The dedication of this
volume, by Dr. Marcus Benjamin, reads as follows:
Out of the West came the boy, and we can fancy in
those long ago days that he had a natural instinct for
things beautiful, such as pleasure in the brilliant coloring
of a fragrant flower; joy in watching a gay butterfly
flitting to and fro in the air; following the sunlight as it
glistened on the babbling brook or the foaming water
dashing over the rugged rocks; listening to the music of
a bird; or perchance enjoying a wonderful sunset with
its reds and yellows darkening into violets and purples.
And so the boy learned color values and became an artist.
The happy days of boyhood soon passed into adoles-
cence and manhood, and with his powers of close observa-
tion trained to study nature, Holmes1 concentrated his
natural talents on the study of land formations. The
details of rocks and strata were differentiated and he
learned nature in a new way as he crossed the continent
in the service of our national surveys. And the boy artist
became the man geologist.
Evolution was the spirit of his time and from investi-
gating the geological horizons of our great continent, he
sought higher objects and turned his attention to the
highest form in nature, which is man. The beginnings
2
of culture attracted him. Original forms of weaving and
primitive pottery became the objects of his study. And
so the geologist progressed and became the anthropologist.
His classical memoirs on the arts of early man are still
accepted as the last words on the subjects of which they
treat.
Then more years came to him and he was advanced to
the charge of the Bureau of American Ethnology. His
mission was to direct the studies of his disciples for the
purpose of increasing and diffusing the knowledge of
which he was the accepted master. And so for a decade
or more the results of the progress of his favorite science
were given to the world in the annual reports and bulle-
tins issued under his supervision.
Still in the prime of Iris days and rich with the art
instinct of his early life, cultivated and developed by the
experience of many years he turned again to the ideals
of his boyhood dreams and became director of the
National Gallery of Art under the supervision of the
Smithsonian Institution. And his duty since has been the
privilege of selecting the art productions of his many
contemporaries and arranging them for the edification
of the public. May he long continue active in the prose-
cution of this work.
Of honors he has many, but why chronicle the collegiate
degrees that have been conferred on him or the member-
ships in scientific or artistic societies that he has re-
ceived? His election to the National Academy of Sci-
ences and to the presidency of the Cosmos Club tell the
story. They are all negligible when we think of the man.
Gentle and kind, sweet and true, he has given always
the best that he had to his fellows, and our earnest prayer
is that he may long abide with us, so that the world may
continue to be made more beautiful by his splendid
influence. )j
<3 >'
QUESTIONNAIRE FOR 1929-30 EDITION OF
Who’s Who IN THE NATION’S CAPITAL
Your biography will be edited solely from information given us by yourself.
The scope of data asked for herewith is more complete than that asked for in the
questionnaire of two years ago as you will see from your biography in that edition. This
questionnaire reflects a digest of comment and criticism of many people on the last vol-
ume and our own careful study of the work of other compilers. Although we offer the
option on this page of correcting your old biography we would much prefer your filling
out this new questionnaire.
We will send, for your information and correction, a galley proof — sample below —
of your biography in type and as it will appear in the volume. We will take care to
represent you accurately but cannot accept responsibility for errors which md^ creep in.
CORRECTION
MARGIN
SAMPLE
BIOGRAPHY
CORRECTION
MARGIN
HOLMES, William Henry, artist, geologist, archae-
ologist ; b. Harrison County, O., Dec. 1, 1846 ;
s. Joseph and Mary (Heberling) Holme’s, md.’
Kate Clifton Osgood, 1883 ; 2 sons, Osgood
(1885), William Heberling (1890). Ed. Mc-
Neely Normal Coll., 0., 1868; Willoughby Col-
legiate Inst., O., 1870. Dgs. A.B., 1884, Mc-
Neely Normal Coll. ; D.Sc., George Washington
Univ., 1918. Normal Coll, instructor in draw-
ing, geography, natural history, 1871 ; artist,
Smithsonian Inst., 1871. Artist, survey of the
territories, 1872; asst. Geol., 1874; Geol., U S
Geol. Survey, 1888 ; non-resident prof, krchae-
ologic geol. Univ. Chicago, 1893 ; curator. Dept,
of Anthropology, Field Museum, Chicago, 1894 ;
head curator, Natl. Museum (ethnology, archae-
ology, technology, history, art), 1910-1920;
chief. Bur. Am. Ethnology, 1902 ; curator
Natl. Gallery, 1906 ; dir. Natl. Gallery, 1920.’
Upwards of 200 official scientific publications,
1874-1920. Organized Div. Physical Anthro-
pology in Natl. Museum, 1903. Mem. Natl.
Acad. Sci. ; Natl. Research Council; Am. Phil-
osophical Soc. ; pres. Washington Acad. Sci. ;
pres. Am. Anthropological Assn. ; mem. Daven-
port Acad. Sci., 1914 ; correspondent mem. Am
Inst. Archit. ; (life mem.) Natl. Geog. Soc.,
1913 ; Inti. Am. Archaeol. Comm., 1904 ; Am.
Folklore Soc., Research Council, Natl. Acad!
Sci. on Preparedness; founder. Cosmos Club,
1884, pres. 1907 ; (hon. mem. French Alpine
Club, 1926 ; Anthropological Soc. of Berlin,
1903 correspondent mem. Acad. Natural Sci.!
Bolivia, 1916 ; hon. fellow, Archaeol. Inst, of
Great Britain and Ireland, 1897 ; correspondent
mem. Natl. Acad, of History, Columbia, S. A •
correspondent mem. Anthropologic and Geog.
Soc., Stockholm, 1903 ; hon. mem. Natl. Univ.
La Plata, Argentine, S. A., 1907. Pres. Wash-
mgton Water Color Club; pres. Soc. Washing-
ton Artists ; pres. Natl. Soc. Fine Arts, 1909 ;
h°n-_ mem. Washington Arts Club; Am. Fed-!
eration of Arts ; art editor. Art and Archaeol.
"■ u : (llfe mem.) Literary Soc. of Washing-
ton. Home: Cosmos Club. Office: Natl. Gallery
of Art, Natl. Museum.
YOUR PROMPTNESS IN RETURNING THIS QUESTIONNAIRE IN THE
ENCLOSED SELF-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE WILL FACILITATE WORK
'/
QUESTIONNAIRE FOR 1929-30 EDITION OF
Who’s Who IN THE NATION’S CAPITAL
Published, by
RANSDELL INCORPORATED
1315-1317 C Street N. W. Washington, D. C.
PHONE MAIN 3082
‘-Q>
QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION
Ransdell Incorporated, owner and publisher of “WHO’S WHO IN THE NATION’S
CAPITAL,” is bringing out the 1929-30 edition. Our editorial policy has been greatly
strengthened by the accession to our staff of certain civic leaders in the capacity of asso-
ciate editors. Our basic policy remains the same — no biography will be and none can be
paid for and our qualifications for admission remain identically the same as for the first
volume. These qualifications are divided into two groups. They are:
Distinguished leaders who by virtue of their position are eligible from that very fact.
This group arbitrarily includes members of the President’s Cabinet, Justices of the
Supreme Court of the United States, and all members of Congress ; all executive officials
of the judiciary departments of the Federal and District Governments; Federal Depart-
ment heads, and prominent departmental executives; American Ambassadors, Ministers
and Consuls appointed from the District of Columbia; all Foreign Ambassadors, Minis-
ters, and certain Attaches of the Diplomatic and Consular Services accredited to the
United States and residing in the District of Columbia; all officers of the Army and
Marine Corps above and including the rank of Major and all officers of the Navy above
and including the rank of Lieutenant Commander. Heads of recognized Universities and
Colleges; heads of important Philanthropic, Educational, Commercial, Industrial,
Religious, and Scientific Organizations; heads of leading institutions and organizations of
Arts and Letters; and others.
Those who have made some unusual contribution to the Religious, Social, Commer-
cial, Industrial, Cultural, Professional, or Physical Development and Advancement of
the National Capital. This group includes those distinguished as Doctors, Lawyers,
Teachers, Ministers, Lecturers, Authors, Writers, Artists, Scientists, Bankers, Philan-
thropists, Inventors, Merchants, Manufacturers, Architects, and others.
NEED FOR PUBLICATION
This volume has become of great use, not only to the public of Washington, but
to many leading newspapers and public libraries of the country, which have placed stand-
ing orders for every edition, and the data asked for in this questionnaire is in wider de-
mand than ever heretofore. The questionnaire is based not only on our own experience
but on that of other compilers and asks for what we know to be interesting and val-
uable information. We earnestly request you to fill it out as carefully and completely as
you feel free to do. In no case do we ask for information which you wish to withhold.
The Copyright Law prohibits us from using the work of other compilers. Please
cooperate with us by filling out this questionnaire.
^ s'+Tt^C*^' y£^-z_c_jr c/^
j^/ ^~rt^^-^~-^f ^TTy^Tt^ f <&>- £*rt-
4^u-^
-C<_v <3(-4^^
»-■ -«. -«U»
7
4*tsi-
40
fan+i~ 'four- . t ^
c/k-s
^i^T'
«
Cyl^ ^ /ff/
/ZfO-fl Sri-
■
-
■
.
•'* I
.
*
*
'
■
*• '■ .VJT" X 3
- ' ^
■
'
" ' ' •"* ' - / ' ' ' '
■
■
■
■
.
.
‘
i
J
*
(v v*/ \
^ tf- IX V |vy |/
^ ^a/v--^sl iy'l t i ^ 1
; V
4
v
1 fi t V '
If j V l^v ^ £*Jl ».jf
<fc ^
| Am.
f ^i./wiA '>w<f > vC
l"Ut. V 1 W ~
Ix.vfy'
Xv>t
|*Vjfc W-fc.
* 1
U ■"
QajZc
ifr > V" lk!x TLjt- S t
* ^ ' v . ( r i \ {'
V' | "1 ~^X Xy^/V _
Vmv Clfrrr- . ./> S VI\Xa
"W&l r £^vv ^ ^ i-K- / t
?- v J , i 2*-*
b-^^vV; V~Jc t^w_ a^Aui*]1, tk),
■ ' c - L 7
vX
V
L —
(X w-
r
5T
VjA?
f :■ V- v .
C
®
°V'~ 'S
\f\tr
!S^ 'N.
*£X ->!_>«-
f)/ ■ {il -> v/ a<ok*i'
<*
O^V \r-f,’! ••{ : > V ’. j 1 •
Copy
Field Columbian Museum
Chicago.
Merida, Yucatan
Jan. 14th, 1894
My dear Mr. McGee:
I am just in Merida over night having come up from Uxmal.
In the morning we are off for Izamal and Chichen Itza. The
Uxmal ruins are superb representing a culture and people
the more remarkable the closer we approach them. The ride
of 25 miles in a v plans was also a novel experience. The
roads are limestone beds of awful ruggedness and the vehicle
is a box bed on two high, heavy wheels drawn by 5 mules
abreast. The volans and mules are marvels in having existed
through the 50 miles made that day. I have taken the volans
as my fetish. We have had two "northers” on the Gulf of
Mexico but that volans ride was equal to ten "northers" tied
in knots.
Wvery thing, everywhere is limestone,- soft rather massive
and full of fossils, hard to secure as the rook Is friable or
gnarled and brecciated. The formation Is late tertiary I
suppos e .
What I am coming to is to ask that if possible you send
to E. H. Thompson, Merida, Yucatan, some reports, --the Annuals
after the 19th, Bulletins, save Fillings, the quartos save
VI and VII, as far as you can.
Thompson is at work on Chichen--owns it and deserves
everything.
Yours truly.
/s/ W.H. Holmes
c
. ■ - ' «*'
: : ' ,
; • • i*
'
..
; C 10 h
; " ;■ .. •: ■ ii -■ 1' : . !’" ■ '■ ■ ' '
. i ' • ■ zs£±m
A - ' ‘
■
■ - * l
■ysl : ; ■■■ ‘ ■ .... . - /• , • ' - •
.£cj • t *'t‘t >. .-O'" 0. 1 /
.
no!
oqf {f ■
,
* 'I V b n • T V
:i
- i
,
Li hi
y ~~ / £ y If
CL
|
I
AMERICAN WATER COLOR SOCIETY,
VOLUME II
SECT I OH III , EXPOSITIONS
EXPOSITIONS .
The Smithsonian Institution, the National Museum
and the Geological Survey were called upon with great fre-
quency during the exposition period, (1876-1916 . The
collections already in hand were utilized and extensive
collections were made and exhibis prepared for the various
occasions, adding thus materially to the riches of the
National Museum. It happened that I was called upon for
active participation in the Centennial Exposition in 1876,
partly because I had just completed studies in the Pueblo
Cliff House country and had in hand the construction of
several models of villages and ruined Puebloes and no end
of collections of pottery, stone implements and other art
objects • Although employed in the Hayden Survey of the
Territories I took part on account of my artistic skill,
in nearly all of the expositions throughout the period.
Remnants of these exhibits are to be found today
not only in the National Museum but in collections preserved
in other Museums throughout the country. These interest-
ing and important undertakings can not be more than briefly
mentioned in this account, but the reports of all are pub-
lished in more or less elaborate form in the annual reports
of the Museum and as a rule in reports of the various exposi-
tions. Were I so disposed, several volumes of descriptive
♦
*
and pictorial material relating to the expositions and their
varied exhibits could he brought together here. The
exhibits themselves are fast passing into the shadow of the
years and are largely forgotten but they were the forerunners
of a wide range of exhibits illustrating culture history and
industrial progress. They served their purpose at the time
and are now built into the fast growing fabric of American History
EXPOSITIONS PARTICIPATED IN
International Exposition, Philadelphia, 1876
Centennial Award.
The Southern Exposition, Louisville, 1884.
The World!s Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1894.
Diploma of Honorable Mention.
Trans-Mississippi & International Exposition,
Omaha, Nebraska, 1898.
Pan-American Exposition, Buffalo, New York, 1901.
Diploma.
Louisiana Purchase Exposition, St. Louis, Mo., 1902-04.
Commemorative Diploma and Medal.
South Carolina Interstate and West Indian Exposition,
Diploma and Cold Medal.
Lewis and Clark Centennial. American Pacific Exposi-
tion and Oriental Pair, Portland, Oregon, 1905.
Commemorative Diploma.
«
Jamestown Ter-Centennial Exposition, Hampton Roads,
Virginia. 1907.
Commemorative Medal.
Alaska-Yukon-Pacif ic Exposition, Seattle, 1909.
Diploma.
Appalachian Expo sit ion, Knoxville, Tenn. , 1910.
Silver Medal for Water Color.
Panama-Pacific International Exposition, San Francisco. 1915.
Silver Medal.
San Diego Exposition, 1915.
Charleston Exposition,
■
.
'
,
i 1 .
.
■
.
■
:
:
■
.
.
.
■
-
-
■
••
.
.
■
,
INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION.
PHILADELPHIA, 1876.
(No. 233.;
The United States Centennial Commission has examined the report of the Judges, and accepted the
following reasons, and decreed an award in conformity therewith.
.A
APPEOVAIi OE GBOUP CTTXZDG-IEJS.
Q/zA.
£
&
(B.
' -^Ljd6_ oCm (AuAwt/Bi/).
A true Copy of the record.
Given by authority oi the United States Centennial
Chie£-<5f the Bureau of Awards.
^Dmmission.
A. T„ GOSHORN,
Director- General.
J. L. CAMPBELL,
Secretary.
J. R. HAWLEY,
President.
/// rZpppppp/pyp/// \ Vpppppp p p:pppp'p/ r/ //pp ppyppppp/pp pp
p>
/
ft
p
pp <• / PP pPp/p p/ppfp/ppY p
/p yppY' p/ //pp y//pp//p p/ 1 Z/pp/p.p ,
//,
Op/pp M /pfZ'fr
y/
C PPJ
AUG* I 2 3 4 5 6 7 E
S EPT. 13 14 15 16 17 T
Louisville,
Executive Committee on Awards,
bureau--
1 1 N I ST RAT 1 0 N BUILDING,
Jackson Park,
CHICAGO ILL.
Pacific Building,
R22T St., Washington, Q, c,
JOHN BOYD THACHER, Chairman, Albany, N.Y.
W.J. SEWELL, New Jersey. A . T. BR ITTON, District Columbia.
A. B. ANDREWS, North Carolina.
B. B. SMALLEY, Ex-Officio Member, Burlington, Vt.
January*^ 1394.
7
7 ■
Dear Sir:
xhis uommittee is unable to recompense judges for the
■rusuorical and e dnuat ional articles which they may write on their
•-
*•
■
’
.
■
.
■. " : •
r
i
I
O/zr /'/rv/, .mum/
<\2>
Illillllllliniliiilliimiii)
u/rnm
//// ./////,
v/ uru ,
vumu
'SX'L'a VX&'U't'e «\£Vs
OC\'-ivK^. \j v J v;<.,‘V..'vc^\\
eaaumui
//uum,uum//m //um
/muiMi
cm-umim-n/ (o/t
■a/ri// //run au
^/Aarwnauuj/!^#'
^slonlltenlcSHoCoinpwy1
v/w.u/rf //
ueuerun/u/ufCe' (ornuunm/a/ny
—I
i:
y.
Y~. B
ill
||b^|
j I — -^s. ^ y Irt Isrf
::
:J ' l- = j -:'
fill1 l"f
III'
IIIIIWIII I
~f ' j
!
I
i
I
TRANS-MISSISSIPPI AND INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION, OMAHA, 1898.
. MICHAEL,
Department of State.
KEMPER,
Treasury Department.
; H. C. WARD, U. S. A.,
War Department.
\ Comdr. L. C. LOGAN, U.S.N.,
Navy Department.
BROWNLOW,
Post Office Department.
(JUNE 1 TO OCTOBER 31)
BOARD OF MANAGEMENT,
OF THE
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT EXHIBIT.
J. H. BRIGHAM, W. V. COX, G. A. BARTLETT,
Department of Agriculture, National Museum, Treasury Department,
Chairman. Secretary. Disbursing Clerk,
F. W. CLARKE,
Department of the lute
FRANK STRONG,
Department of Justice.
F. W. TRUE,
Smithsonian Institution
National Museum.
W. de C. RAVENEL,
Commission of Fish
Fisheries.
Washington City, April 25, 189,8.
Dear Sir:-
The Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution having
approved your detail, you will please hold yourself in readi-
ness to proceed to Omaha, Nebraska, to assist in the installa-
tion of the exhibit of the Smithsonian Institution and National
Museum at the Trans -Mississippi and International Exposition.
As, by reason of this detail, you will be put to
extraordinary expense for transportation and subsistence, your
necessary expenses will, upon your return, be defrayed, upon
the presentation of the customary vouchers, from the fund ap-
propriated by Congress and allotted to the Institution for the
preparation, transportation and care of its exhibit.
Upon the conclusion of your duties at Omaha, you
will return to Washington.
Yours respectfully,
7* lc , ___
' Representative ,
Smithsonian Institution
Mr. W. H. Holmes, and National Museum,
Head Curator,
Department of .Anthropology, 1
United States National Museum.
■ -v- • i
.
'
■ l ,
\
■ ' ■ 1 ; »*:V . :-a " : • ; r: • T3 C. /• ::
... .... ,
.
j
, ■ :
,W< . v
■
• .. '
f f > ' cr‘
■ .K * ' ‘
* ■ t rf*
. ‘ * •
i J
f
<
- J ■■ • •
X «
,
•* -•
,
' .
'
f
PAN-AMERICAN EXPOSITION
BUFFALO -NEW YORE-A. D. 1901
COMMEMORATIVE DIPLOMA
/O ufvC^-v
TO DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY, U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
FOR COLLECTIVE EXHIBIT
EXP <&45//??
/ .flOSIT/OiV , \ vj
S. PRITCHETT,
fENDENT OF AWARDS.
/
BSjs
:%LD, n
*** f«owt,eb,may.»j to hov^
¥. H. Holmes, Esq.,
Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, E.C*
'TMar Sirs
M/ 8th, imXrn
Tite Direot©r-(ienaral of t- e Pan-Amor i oan E&posi ticn
desires through me to invito yn* to act as Juror of Award in
the department of Bthnology and Aroh&ftology, at the Pan-
iteior ;,eari rytposi tie*!# It : s aspes ted f' vi the Jhrtes -?iH as-
semble on the Ihth of July, ©r as near that data as possible,
and that the work of j ••.dging the eafcihi ts *111 he promptly
finished# All mx&mmmm of trims art at ion and ©f 1 twin# -;?ai
he, of corse, at the cost of the position*
Permit me to say in addition that it is the wish of
the t to incite to these Juries only men of fh# hast
%ual 1 f .t oa t i ohs , and n-; mak© tne awards in such say as to ©on*
^nlTarml respect* 1 tr at that you will find it pesst*
Die to take part in this work, and that you will inf- r» me to
wire, ears of Service Building, Pan^Ameri can Bxpositlosu as
eoen as psgstUa, of your decision#
I
t . t •
« i : ■ ’ ■ ■ -
• 0 • (rw&^p^dai'
.
'
/
.
-
I]
■
,
| . . * ;■ •
II III
i fcl
f. K. H.
Extracts from the
A NHUAX BBPQBQ? OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
1902
’’Annual Heport of the Board of Regents of
the Smithsonian Institution,
for the Year Ending June SO, 1902*”
’’Expositions”
Participated in by W. H. Holmes
’’Buffalo and Charleston expositions . — The Institution
and its bureaus participated in the Pan-American Exposition
held at Buffalo from May 1 to November 1, 1901, and by
authority of the President the exhibits there displayed
were transferred to the South Carolina Interstate and
West Indian Exposition held at Charleston from Dec ember 1,
1901, to May 31, 1902. Dr. F. W. True, of the National
Museum, was appointed by the Secretary to represent the
Institution on the board in charge of the Government exhibits
at both these expositions, and his report on the Buffalo
Exposition will be found in the Appendix.
f'MBA.Biana Purchase Exposition. --Congress having made an
appropriation for a Government building and exhibit at the
l
exposition to be held in St* Louis in 1904, the Secretary
has appointed Dr* True to represent the Institution and its
bureaus in the preparation and installation of the exhibits.”
(Page 16)
HENRY S. PRITCHETT,
IPERINTENDENT OF AWARDS
O ' . £> .
, 4lO. N.V-°-
^ F«ONTIER,MAY|y TO
¥. H. Holmes, Esq, ,
Tfashxngton, D. G,
P/
-
July 11th, 1901.
Hear Sir:
The Juries chosen for the different Departments of
the Pan-American Exposition will meet at the office of the
Superintendent of Awards, Room 226, Service Building, Ex-
position Grounds, on Monday, July 22nd, at 10:30 A. M.
On arrival at Buffalo please proceed to Hotel
Lenox, where quarters have been engaged for members of the
Jury.
Please inform me of the date
/
arrive.
on which you will
a •=
'S;
9
• )
Prof, W, H. Holmes,
Pan-American Grounds*
Dear Sir:-
Mr, Pritchett has informed me ox your appointment to
the Jury of Awards for the Division 16, Ethnology and Archaeol-
ogy, I desire to express my gratif ieation at the appointment an
shall hope to meet you Monday morning or earlier.
Very truly yours.
#'
&
<x
0®
J
4
%
g
CD
G
CD
’to
03
Ph
» Ph
G
03
IS
’(f)
03
U
Ph
03
*T >■
Ph m
If rG
03 -H
.a .a
j> w
J3
J3
G
(D
fc w
-C
‘Qfl
Ph
S £
m ^
o ^
o m
• w
* a
X «
H «!
w x
y) o
>H
o
o
J
O
2
2
H
W
Q
2
<<
>H
CD
O
J
o
cu
o
2
2
H
2
<!
2
O
W
w
H
H
a
■4
U
H
D
O
Og
f-l
00 w
D g
§ a
>< Ph
P
w
Crt
£
D
O
o
p
<
K
W
£
w
a
g
►j
m
co
w
£
«3
►“3
cd
20
o
£
a
s
£
w
hJ
xa
p
i— i
w
s
Oh
w
O
&
CQ
£ a
** U4
K
<1
i H
Pi CQ
w
a []_
H .
b
H
w
£
if)
p
Ph
<j
£
P
w
o
O
O
03
■a IS
G (/>
03 CD
IS '
vrt
G
03
hJ 03
03
^h T3 t-
Ph *tn Ph
CD II
a, r9 a.
>
•xs .;
§ f
o 1
CD :
C/3 •]
a
Q
K K
W «E
y 2
m ^
tt W
w K
a S
K 3
w H
(/> K
O C/3
^ a
w “
s D
K ps
«! >
P O
><
X
<
b
PI
PS
o
w
w
CO
!S
w
>
w
H
C/3
cq
a
w
p
<
*
\p
O1
'r^uiu/ j
&
Corwin H. Spencer, First Vice=President.
Samuel M. Kennard, Second Vice=President.
Daniel M. Houser, Third Vice=President.
Cyrus P. Walbridge, Fourth Vice=President.
WALTER B. STEVENS, Secretary.
COMMITTEE ON ANTHROPOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.
F. W. Lehmann, Chairman.
Goodman King, Vice-Chairman.
Walker Hill. Isaac Schwab.
Edwards Whitaker. A. A. B. Woerheide.
C. F. Blanke.
Seth W. Cobb, Fifth Vice=President.
Charles H. Huttig, Sixth Vice=President
August Gehner, Seventh Vice=President.
Pierre Chouteau, Eighth Vice=President.
JAMES L. BLAIR, General Counsel.
St. Louis, U. S. A.,
rf/. //,
sU.
/»
>4
■
■
■
■
■
j
Corwin FT. Spencer, First Vice=President.
Samuel M. Kennard, Second Vice-President.
Daniel M. Houser, Third Vice-President.
Cyrus P. Walbridge, Fourth Vice-President.
WALTER B. STEVENS, Secretary.
COMMITTEE ON ANTHROPOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.
F. W. Lehmann, Chairman.
Goodman King, Vice-Chairman.
Walker Hill. Isaac Schwab.
Edwards Whitaker. A. A. B. Woerheide.
C. F. Blanke.
Seth W. Cobb, Fifth Vice-President.
Charles H. Huttig, Sixth Vice-President.
August Gehner, Seventh Vice-President.
Pierre Chouteau, Eighth Vice-President,
JAMES L. BLAIR, General Counsel.
-
.
"
-
- ' ; ' .
■ -r t - • : • . . •• .
.
>< • V
■
'
J
-'-'l l
Corwin H. Spencer, First Vice=President.
Samuel M. Kennard, Second Yice=President.
Daniel M. Houser, Third Vice=President.
Cyrus P. Walbridge, Fourth Vice=President,
WALTER B. STEVENS, Secretary.
COMMITTEE ON ANTHROPOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.
F. W. Lehmann, Chairman.
Goodman King, Vice-Chairman.
Walker Hill. Isaac Schwab.
Edwards Whitaker. A. A. B. Woerheide.
C. F. Blanke.
Seth W. Cobb, Fifth Vice=President.
Charles H. Huttig, Sixth Vice=President
August Gehner, Seventh Vice=President.
Pierre Chouteau, Eighth Vice=President.
JAMES L. BLAIR, General Counsel.
St. Louis, D. S. A.,
'
.. . \
.
. ■■<?: , ! ■ • • •
. ■ - '
.3: ' ' • I
..S'
\
m
—
,
HENRY S. PRITCHETT,
SUPERINTENDENT OF AWARDS.
4 Co. N
>5
/
19©1<
i BRIGHAM, Chairman,
Department of Agriculture.
H. MICHAEL,
Department of State.
DACE H. HILLS,
BOARD OF MANAGEMENT,
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT EXHIBIT
)'. tt . CI.AK K
Department of the Interior,
F. W. TRU E,
Smithsonian Lnstitution and
National Museum.
,.r.
r Treasury Department.
P. C. HARRIS, U. S. A.,
War Department,
PAN-AMERICAN EXPOSITION
W. mi C. RAVEN EL,
Commission of Pish, and
Fisheries.
NK STRONG,
Department of J ustice
B. BROWNLOW,
Post Office Department,
‘PETERS,
Navy Department.
\V. V. COX,
Secretary.
BUFFALO, 1901.
W. M. CEDDES,
Disbursing Officer.
CHAS. H. V ERR ILL,
Department of Labor.
WILLIAMS C. FOX,
Bureau of the American Re-
publics,
Washington, D.C. September 10, 1902
Mr. W. H. Holmes
Head Curator, Department of Anthropology,
IT . S . Hat io na 1 Mu s eum .
Dear Sir :
I take pleasure in sending you herewith two commemora-
tive diplomas from the Directors of the Pan-American Exposi-
tion Company, conferred upon the Department of Anthropology,
U. S. National Museum for the collective exhibit of the De-
partment, and upon yourself for valuable services.
Yours respectfully
Representative, Smithsonian Institu
tion and U. S. National Museum.
> a: \ S
■ "
;
.
4
' ' A ; , ' "
.
. .
.
..
•• •• . ' k-
■> .
'
i ' x in
.
/«.*- '
'
;
•s-
t
{ -»
^ .. ' r ’ :
. : ■
V - #
f
.
: , ■
1. * kv.. - kk 'v k a ; : O , Vi'r.
.
" : kk :■ '■ . .■ ■: • : ■
CS ’ . *
f
■ - . d •- ■ ■ \A-:Clk ; . -
,
.
-
[Form 2iJ
EXHIBIT OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES
AT THE
LOUISIANA PURCHASE EXPOSITION
(ST. LOUIS, 1904)
Under Direction of U. S. Government Board
ithsonian Institution
and National Museum,
F. W. True, Representative.
Washington City, 0ct_ ;51 _ ljrf,
mm
Mr. W, H, Holmes ,
%
Head Curator, Department of Anthropology,
IT. S . national Museum.
Dear Sir:
Tie time having now arrived when it is neoessarv to decide
upon the general plans for the exhibit of the ITational Museum at
the St. Louis Exposition, I shall he glad to receive from you a
scheme for the exhibit of the Department of Anthropology, with an
estimate of the probable expense for each principal item, incluriin
the number and probable compensation of pre pa rat or s and other -as-
sistants to be employed and the kind and amount of space needed.
I shoe Id be pleased if you would send me also a memorandum of the
numb e i , size and character of cases which would probably be requlr
ed. In this connection I would say for your information, that the
entire space allotted to the Smithsonian Institution and national
Museum is 16,500 square feet, of which about 4,000 square feet can
probably be assigned to the Department of Anthropology, The loca-
: r (L- .to'
f - *r tr ■ *
* ' } r% T •
. . - * K. — f • * l 9
. n * ■
■ 1 . :XC J dr". .! . • 1 .
'i.
: -7 ~
3 -r ,0 0‘ ••'ijj.'.a'.'Ofut ■: i .*1 ns*.- csvina wort anivarf ami? s.i'”
i . Xanol^»Tt &:•* tfuirUs .*» • tot ww»I<| !*•»««* «»<!’••
' 3 ; >0 '!?
; i " ' '• f ffOlJ 8 . 8l.il 0*
• iv cucqo'tii-t a \ lo .+rt a if.1 !o .? Xu i'f'xo ©r(
i ,
S, r; . i i.
■ or v!,:'-.
oi o oo oo o •
t
1 ; d
• * •' "• .
i .-IO *1
itc : ' «it s*<
•. ;.Ld.-bo'o
J 1
;.\,.0'00
; . i ■> ’ • .
J.", 1 crraiitx?
W fc f " It
o ' V 0 i 0£) ■
: ' ' 1 ^
,/ .no : *aro^: *xo‘>. ->ris b
• . i ! I • * '• •
■ iiu
8 ft ax*, o ‘.to 'I :
,t ">ort bir;
, 'infillin':
'00 3 ‘).r. ' I
oo 1 ■: o- unoo
air!*
rcl .bo
„ ,.t i ,h
<3 / i ... J i*4< •
0 * Ijwv -A0 *J
Ov;.
-s i t no
■
.. ■ *"X. .rood - 1 (>- b~-.r; •'
:,i. ' •• "
•. • o '.-‘i *' ,;'o
.... *
tion of the space has not yet been determined by the committee of
the Board having that matter in hand, as the final floor- plan of
the building has not been received from the Treasury Department .
Y ours r e spe c t f u 1 ly ,
i
He pr e s en t a t i ve .
,
.
tJUiV ' «r)d .. ‘ - 0 1
• * > ' • J w .
.. ; tiv ' I • W
■ . . f 'O- - hf teos-t IH ■ s* ; ' ' 0
‘V:: :‘-V
r •
1
EXHIBIT OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES
AT THE
LOUISIANA PURCHASE EXPOSITION
(ST. LOUIS, 1904)
Under Direction of U. S. Government Board
thsonian Institution
and National Museum,
F. W. True, Representative.
Washington City, Dec. 10, 1902.
Mr# Wm. H# Holmes,
Head Curat or, Department of Anthropology,
U# S. National Museum.
Dear Sir:
I take pleasure in informing you that the sum of §12,500.
W Has been allotted for the exhibit of the Department of
Anthropology at the St .Louis Exposition, illustrating the
aesthetic achievements of the native American peoples, and
comprising carvings, paintings, sculptures , etc • ,as proposed
in your recent memorandum.
It is understood that the sura mentioned will cover all
uvXQ
expenses connected with the assembler and preparation of the
/
Ly
exhioit , including specimens, field expenses, transportat ion
charges on specimens from the field or from dealers, etc.
Casus and o^ner furniture and fixtures, and transport-*
ation of exhibits and staff to and from St. Louis will be
provided for from other allotments.
Yours respectfully.
Represent at ive , Smithsonian Inst itu-
tion & National Museum.
Smithsonian institution
Bureau of American Ethnology
Washington, December 16,1902.
Dear Sir
The plans of the Department of Anthropology of the Nation
al Museum for an exhibit at St. Louis are, so far as laid out,
about as follows:
A series of exhibits covering the entire range of arts
and manufactures of the native American peoples, so selected as to
illustrate their artistic or esthetic development; the specimens
chosen in each case to be the highest examples of their kind .
The exhibit will include illustrations of architecture (models),
water-craft (models), sculpture in its many branches, ceramics,
weaving, metalwork, musical instruments, inlaying, pictorial
art, pipes, ornaments, ceremonial art in its manifold forms, etc.,
- the whole to form a synopsis of the achievements of our native
peoples, from the far north down through the United States, Mexico
Central America and South America to Patagonia,
The exhibit planned for the Bureau of American Ethnology
as to consist of certain series of objects illustrating the re-
searches of the Bureau, as for example, one of our ethnologists
m ■
'
■ •V
'
* ( l’i .. ,i iis ■* ;■ *f * * ■ -
-2-
is engaged in studying the habits and customs of the Pawnee
tribes, and among other things, makes a particular study of their
genealogic system, finding that the crests of particular groups
are painted upon shields and lodges and woven or embroidered on
the garments of the family. It is proposed that a systematic
collection be made illustrating this subject - the heraldry of
this people. So others will take up special subjects in what
ever field they happen to be working, bringing together new
materials in such ways as to illustrate important features of the
culture of the native tribes of the United States.
Other minor exhibits are in view for both the Department
of Anthropology and the Bureau of Ethnology, but I am not as yet
ready to report upon them.
Sincerely yours,
Chief ,
Mr P. W. True,
United States Government Board,
Louisiana Purchase Exposition,
i
V
M
;
.
.
.
i i r *t . ts f.t * , -• nU * "! ■ ii*a ' > - »'< K
, ,ri< ' • c:yv Ms n w6%* . ' is M.llH a"t*
(» (i v* xm»h» t>* U*r «mu* it .•A*** ****
. . * :«C
,
. '
♦AH
M* £*':***■
<
fa $m m
BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY ANNUAL REPORT 1903-4
W. H. HOLMES , CHIEF
EXPOSITION WORK.
The preparation of an exhibit for the Louisiana Purchase
Exposition, begun during the preceding year, was continued,
and completed shortly after the opening of the exposition
in May, 1903, This work was under my personal supervision
who at the same time had charge of the preparation of an
extensive exhibit for the Department of Anthropology of the
United States National Museum. As the allotment of #2,000,
made by the Government Board for the Bureau exhibit, was too
small to warrant the assemblage of an extensive display, and
as the space assigned was small, it was decided to confine
the exhibit to illustrations of the present field researches
of the scientific corps of the Bureau.
Seeking a subject that would be well within the range of
the Bureau’s legitimate field, yet susceptible of effective
presentation by means of objective material, it was decided
to take up and illustrate as the chief topic the mythic
symbolism of various tribes as embodied in their decorative
art. Prominent among the concepts thus embodied are the
various forms of animal and plant life, clouds, lightning,
rain, sun, moon and stars, as well as various monsters
■
.
'
■> 1
\
■
;
- ' ‘
■
« '
*
■
.
.
.
*
■
•• " • • v ■
ft
,
■
■
These motives
existing only in the primitive imagination,
are interwoven with the thought and life of the people, and
are introduced freely into their various arts. The forms
taken by them are exceedingly varied, undergoing modifica-
tions with the different peoples, and assuming distinct forms
in each art according to the nature and form of the object,
the method employed in execution, and the purpose in view.
During the year, exhibits were prepared also for the Pan
American Exposition at Buffalo.
The preparation of an extensive exhibit for the National
Museum gave me the opportunity of assembling a large series
of exhioits illustrating the higher achievements of the Ameri-
can race in various branches of art, including architecture,
sculpture, plastic art, carving, basketry, featherwork, and
weaving. A leading feature of the work consisted of restora-
tions of a number of the great ruined buildings of Mexico and
Yucatan. Five models of these buildings were made: One on
a scale of one-twelfth, one on a scale of one-eighteenth, and
three on a scale of one twenty-fourth; and much time and re-
search were expended in collating data and in determining the
details of construction and embellishment* These models were
assigned to the Department of Ethnology of the National Museum.
f
■ '
' ;) • - • ■ • mu . .
, ' : ' ' j
'
%
■ 1
■
L 1 , . , , ... t v-r ■ • c l|
fxn/'nX (oimn illo (> on. ( V ruin ('me.')
r/ y . . vsy) ^ CO . -x- g
^s//rcJwAr/ &a:fw^M^on W/ommAAJtonA
* //ifM/ tf.) ' /(.
r,
r yy/ ■aAa/u-
T
f /t /i > //. - . //riM^rdTaru
C
C
o
'/>rrr/// -y(. < Jsfitm&e/r' p<»»w
yf d/> ,/ c/j
r
//y
^Y'4/’f/j .!/■■. . %wy;-
y
?
Joz/rud
r
J7o. >
7 A A 1
. Mam/^
J. liSMb - AJ/tM.V'C'O' WU
WOODWARD & TlERNAN PRT'G CO.ST.LOUlS.
w
| (j 0
(
w
■UREAYOf
_ ethnology
REC'° SEP If 19Q5
19(5:
:i
iCE OF THE PRESIDENT
Saint Louis, Missouri, September 1, 1905,
Dear Sir:-
By direction of the Louisiana Purchase
Deposition Company a Commemorative Diploma and a
Commemorative Medal are conferred upon you in special
recognition of your active interest and efficient
X~N
cooperation in the Universal Expos it ion of 1904-
Re spe c t ful ly ,
Secretary.
2o, W. H, Holmes, Collaborator,
Smithsonian Institution and Rational Museum,
Lewis and Clark Centennial Exposition
Lewis and Clark Centennial Exposition
UNITED STATES OP AMERICA
UNIVERSAL EXPOSITION SAINT LOUIS HDCCCC IV
COMMEMORATING THE ACQUISITION OP THE LOUISIANA TERRITORY
COMMEMORATIVE DIPLOMA • ' 19
W. H. HOLMES
4
CHIEF BUREAU OF AMEBIC AH ETHHOLOCY
COLLABORATOR UNITED STATES GOV SBMEfT EXHIBIT
V .HHW '1
!*•*»»»!
HAS CONFERRED
THIS
-
'
'
.
■
:
••
-
'
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.
November 8, 1913
Prof. W. H. Holmes,
Head Curator of Anthropology,
U. S. national Museum.
. i
Dear Professor Holmes:
I am afraid that I will have to submit my
scneme as to the Bmi onsonian exhibit to the Cover nment
Board tne first part of next week, and am writing to
ask if you will take this matter up as soon as possi-
ble after your return and let me have an outline of what
may be done with cost and amount of space it would oc-
cupy.
Yery tr uly yours
Gov't Exhibit Board
//^£ /?/
Hove ruber 1.1 , 1913
Mr. IT. de C. Ravenel ,
Mtslnis Ira tlve As a Is tant,
U. S* Rational Museum.
Do a r &r , B&v a ne 1 ;
Suggestion® for an exhibit
of the l'&j&rtL'&ent of Anthropology
at the San Franc Is co Exposition.
After going carefully over the ground, the conclusion
is reached that the nos t promising field, all points con-
sidered, for an exhibit of this Hep&r trier, t at San Francisco
would consist of a series of .node Is and accompanying col-
lections Illustrating the people, t;.-.u houses and house
life of the aborigines of America and nope especially of
the United States and her depend® nc lea .
Tim exhibit would, include a limited number of life
size lay-figure family arc] industrial groups showing
typical peoples— the Indian, the lekim , the Indian of
florth America, the Indian o t Metiih America, the Samoan,
and the Filipinos of models on a suitable scale of a
large number of dwelling groups of typical peoples, show-
ing houses and by means of modeled figures the house and
Industrial life* These exhibits would be supplemented by
collections of many interesting objects and art works
■
'
'
%
■
* , ■
! • a . . . ;
. - ' i$: , .. • .
■' ■>'■ • . V’ i’
' i . ■■ .. ... •
, l
■
'■ - * ' ; C ' >
-2
associated with the hone and i lie industrial occupation©
of U i# people*
This ,mi©rial , sre.Lt ©elected and presented would
make an exhibit exceedingly attractive and at the same
time most in© tractive and would result in permanent
exhibition material of great value. The exhibit would
represent in the fullest sense the essential activities
of the Department of Anthropology of tue U* C. national
tfusouau
The space required would be a hall 40 x 100 feet or
an equivalent ©pace and the cost could be limited to
105*000,00,
S 1 n e e m 1 y you rs f
H e o. d Cura to r ,
Department of Anthropology ,
GENERAL OFFICE , UNION STATION
KANSAS CITY, MO.
In route, near Williams , Arizona
December 15, 1914-
Dear Mr. Holmes:
Referring to our conversation, should . ou find it convenient
to spend a da y at Albuquerque on your way east X think you would
enjoy looking over sane of the Indian material that we have in
some of the collections that are not packed away in boxes* I am
writing this to ask you in the event that you should decide to
stop to ascertain from Hr. Nusbaum whether Mr. fchweizer is going
to be there. Re will be pretty busy with the ban Diego fair
until two or three days after the opening but I think he will be
, r
at A1 ouquer a ue again two or three days before the first of January.
In other words, I would like to have him present so he could
show you the various articles that he has stored away.. In the
absence of Mr. Sehweizer , his assistant, Mr. Snively, will be
glad to take his places
I am. so sorry that I did not have the pleasure of seeing
ue of xlease donTt forget if you. go thro ..s
oily tn at our oil ices are on t lie second floor of the new Union
Station and most trains stop Mnere from half an hour to
but better than that I am in hopes that you may find
stop) over and spend the day with us.
With kindest regards.
Professor William E. holmes
San. Diego, C ai i f or n i a
Tours trul.
I am. mailing you a 'book on California, that we just published
thinking you might be interested in glancing over it*
D.C. COLLIER. President.
U. S .GRANT, Jr. .Chairman gf the Board.
J.D. S PR ECKELS, First Vice President.
G. A .DAVI DSON, SecondVice President.
L.S.McLURE,ThirdVice President,
GEORGE BURNHAM, Fourth Vice President, j
F.W. JACKSON, Treasurer.
FRANK P. ALLEN, Jr., Director of Works
EDGAR L . H EWETT, Di rector OF Exhibits.
WINFIELD HOGABOOM, Director ofPublici
OFFICE OF
SECTOR OF EXHIBITS
May
Twenty-four
1915*
AN
NATIONAL
OSITION
OTED TO
>GRESS
AND
JRTUNITY
5IALIZING
ON
JCATION
GRATION
IGATION
ERVATION
.AMATION
5ESTATION
AMERCE
1CULTURE
AND
CULTURE
SENTING
THE
RY OF MAN
ID THE
)LUTiON
IF HIS
rs AND
IENCES :
OUSED
IN
ILDINGS
OF
DUTIFUL
H-COLON1AL
ITECTURE
IN A
US SETTING
OF
AL VERDURE
3E KEPT
THE ENTIRE
:ar OF
1915
My dear Mr* Holmes :
I think the time has arrived for taking
preliminary steps toward carrying out the plan that
Dr* ErdXicka and I discussed while he was here, with
reference to the future use of the collections that
we have assembled* Our idea was to establish what
might be called the San Diego Anthropological Sta-
tion* It would be a branch of the School of American
Archaeology and would have ’ its headquarters in the
permanent buildings here* It would , I feel sure,
have no detrimental effect upon the institution in
Santa Fe, but on the contrary would serve to support
the school there, because of the larger number of peo-
ple that can be interested in the work through the
organization here* The permanent buildings, I am cer-
tain, would be placed at our disposal, and I have no
doubt the collections in physical anthropology, ethnology
and archaeology would be turned over to us, 1 think
the maintenance would be provided for locally, in fact,
it would have to be* Some support would probably be
given by the Park Board because of the organization
being within the limits of the city park* Then,
too, we have a very fine body of men, such as Mr* George
Marston, President Davidson, and many others that could
be mentioned, who would bring to the organisation eon-
• siderable financial support*
Will you please call a meeting of the Execu-
tive Committee aa soon as possible after receipt of
this letter and take the matter up* You have a quorum
in Washington City. You, Mr* Springer, Mr* Hodge,
Miss PI etcher. Dr* Hrdlieka and Dr* Carroll would con-
stitute, as I remember, more than two-thirds of the
Committee,- and perhaps you might be able to secure
'
■
'
■
:
\ • •. •. / -L ...• ■ ; : -
■
•• ■ » • ;
. • ■; : . ,
a . ; . •
‘ " . ■ : ■ i ^ •
- ■
. •
t
t
,
.
. i
.
' . -
the attendance of Mrs. John Hays Hammond.
I would suggest that you pass a resolution
somewhat after the style of the one that I enclose
herewith. You will, of course, all make your
suggestions and agree upon what you deem best, and I
will proceed to carry out your orders. It would
first he well I think to talk the matter over with
Hr* Hrdlicka for he and I had considerable discus-
sion of the matter while he was here* Kindly let
me know what you decide as soon as you can con-
veniently get the matter under consideration*
With sincere regards, I am as always,
Yery cordially yours,
v ( k.
Mr. Wm* H* Holmes, ( /
Hat i onal Mis eum ^
Washington, H.C.
\
ELH-B *
■
*
' -
■
' ■ ' ; : ■ - ! 0 -> * r.
, .
: ’ ' V ' ' J \ ! *■ c , , •„ , -
f e
• ■' ' • • - . :
' ; r- ; ■ .
' ' • ' ' J : i ;; - ... , -
/ ■ ; ‘ ■ '■ - " ' • • * ■
“ { ' ■ ' ’
' ' ' ‘ : ' : ’ : '
- •
.
,
f*' *»*■**% K-
-
-
-
- -
.
— —
OFFICE OF
IRECTOR OF EXHIBITS
D.C. COLLIER, President.
U.S. GRANT, Jr., Chairman of the Board.
J . D. S PR ECKELS; First Vice President.
G. A .DAVI DSON, Second Vice President.
L.S. Me LURE, Third Vice President.
GEORGE BURNHAM, Fourth Vice President..
F.W.JACKSON, Treasurer.
FRANK P. ALLEN, Jr., Director of Works
EDGAR L . H EWETT, Di r ecto r of Exhibits.
WINFIELD H OGABOO M , Director of Public
i AN
I ^NATIONAL
POSITION
TOTED TO
I OGRESS
f AND
ORTUNITY
ICIALIZING
ON
ljuCATION
MIGRATION
HIGATION
S3ERVATION
(ILAMATION
RESTATION
'MMERCE
mcULTURE
yj AND
V ICULTURE
May
twenty- six
19 15 #
My dear Prof* Holmes:
I would recommend that you add to the
names of the proposed Committee on the Anthropological
Station those of Mr* William Templeton Johnson and
President Edward 1* Hardy, This would, I think, give
us a splendid committee representing the best forces
of the city*
1 enclose herewith for your own personal
information a letter that I have just received® It
is on the strength of many such representations as
this that I am urging Carroll and Shipley to main-
tain an office of the Institute here during the next
three or four months, I believe it would pay them*
ILSENTING
H THE
i>RY OF MAN
ND THE
ioLUTION
I OF HIS
1ITS AND
Siiences :
HOUSED
1 IN
Gildings
< OF
PIAUTIFUL
I3H-COLONIAL
SHITECTURE
1 IN A
5DUS SETTING
H OF
HAL VERDURE
BE KEPT
5 THE ENTIRE
Rear of
1 1915
With sincere regards, I am as always.
National Museum,
Washington
ELH-R *
• . > .
i,
June 8, 1SX5*
Dr* Edgar L, Hewett,
San Diego , California*
My dear Doctor Hewett :
In accordance with your request contained in your
letter of recent date , the Executive Committee of the School
of American Archaeology was called yesterday and your pro-
posed resolution relating to the establishment of a st tion
at San Diego was carefully considered. Slight changes were
made in the resolution, as will appear from the copy enclosed
herewith * It was the feeling of the Committee that , being
on the ground and the person most deeply concerned In the
project set forth in the resolution, you are better able than
any one else to determine the steps to be taken.
Doctor firdlicka prepared the following notes of in-
quiry which were considered by the Committee which agreed
that at your convenience it will be glad to be favored with
such information as you may be able to give relating thereto;
I. Tiho owns the buildings in question and the collections?
II. What regulations are extant regarding the eventual
control or disposal of the Buildings and collections?
III. What can be done for the American School of Archae-
ology in regards to the permanent buildings and
the anthropological collections * without involving
undue expense, litigation, or opposition?
.
.
■' '• • ■ - -
, T
>'•
• ■
■
' >, ' . ’■
. i.
'
; :
. S' -
4 '"tJ
, > . . - : , . . • -
' •
■ ■ ' . "■ ■
S
. ■ ■ ■ .. •
'
.
' i , : i -0; ■ ”
%
1 \
\
IV * What are the 4a In points of the plan concerning
the “San Diego Anthropological St tlon?r*
I "■!■ ' ■ ' ' ’! '’ I
Of course, we are fully satisfied ‘that |aa carry irt^ forward the
great task now before you, you will keep the interests. of the
School and the Institute always well In the foreground
\ - X
S i no e re ly y o.u r £ ,
b 1
Chairman* \
Executive Committee of
the School of American Archae-
ology i
/
ECTOR OF EXHIBITS
D.C. COLLIER, President.
U. S .GRANT, Jr. .Chairman of the Board.
J . D. S PR ECKELS. First Vice President.
G. A. DAVIDSON, Second Vice President.
L.S.McLURE, Third Vice President.
GEORGE BURNHAM, Fourth Vice President.
F.W. JACKSON, Treasurer.
FRANK P. ALLEN, Jr., Director of Works
EDGAR L.HEWETT, Director of Exhibits.
WINFIELD HOGABOOM, Director ofPublicit'
1
OFFICE OF
June
Fourteen
1915.
AN
ATIONAL
S1TION
TED TO
3RESS
iND
RTUNITY
IALIZING
ON
NATION
IRATION
3ATION
RVATION
NATION
■ISTATION
MERGE
CULTURE
lND
ULTURE
ENTING
HE
Y OF MAN
> THE
.UTION
' HIS
S AND
:nces:
USED
IN
DINGS
OF
JTIFUL
l-COLONIAL
rECTURE
V A
(S SETTING
OF
L VERDURE
E KEPT
HE ENTIRE
IR OF
91S
My dear Mr* Holmes:
I am in receipt of your good letter pf
the 8th inst and am pleased to know that the Com-*
mi t tee thinks favorably of the idea of the Anthro-
pological Station.
I am not fully able to answer all of your
questions but can give you nearly all of the informa**
tion you desire:
1. The buildings will be under the absolute
control of the Park Commission of San Diego and will
have to be secured for museum purposes on a long-term
lease, say fifty or one hundred years. This is the
plan used in the ease of the .American Museum in Central
Park*
£♦ No regulations have been made as yet
with reference to final control or disposal of the
buildings and collections • j
.
3. The indications now are that the .Park
Commission to be appointed within a few days will con-
sist of Mr. George Mars ton, Mr. Thomas 03HaXXoran and
Mr. Louis Bio oilman.* These men are all in closest
sympathy with our plans and tlSi will favor the g eat-*
est liberality in arranging suitable headquarters for j
us* A local museum corporation is being formed which
will he ready from now on to negotiate with the exposi**
tion directors for the scientific collect ions. My !
j V
' . ■ it • ' .
*
'
■
■
.
“ * *
.
.
i
: .
“
'
.
2.
idea is that they should secure all these at the end
of the year. This local corporation will be made up
of about seventy-five of the leading- men and women of
this city, all thoroughly in sympathy with our work*
They will appoint a board, of probably fifteen, which
is the number adopted by the Field Museum in Chicago*
This board will include stockholders of the Exposition
and will, I think, be able to deal effectively both with
the Exposition Company and the Park Commission* I can
see no possibility of litigation or legal complications
of any kind and I feel sure that the local jbieopl© here
will get behind the combined Museum and Anthropological
Station. I do not anticipate anything like the dif-
ficulty in financing this that we have had at Santa Fe,
because there is so much more wealth and population here*
As to opposition, I do not expect much, though there will
be some. Dr. Hrdlicka can perhaps tell you something
about the intrigues of our Dr. Thompson of the Davy. He
has been occupying a desk here in connection with the
anthropological collections as a guest of our department
since Dr. Hrdlicka left. He seemed to us to be rather
promising as a scientific aid, but it appears that without
taking any of us into his confidence, he has matured rather
ambitious plans for getting control of the anthropological
collections. All this has been very carefully looked in-
to by our friends and they seem to have a thorough under-
standing of the situation. Personally I have not had
time to give it any attention, but I think the situation
is properly safeguarded, and that the action taken re-
cently in forming a large museum corporation has effective-
ly cheek-mated his schemes. Aside from this I can hear
of no opposition at all, though as I have told you before,
the ruling element on the Executive Committee of the Ex-
position has never cared for this work. What we have
done has been in spite of them, and their spirit has not
changed with reference to it up to the present time, not-
withstanding the fact that our work here has won the un-
divided support of the community and is continually spoken
of by the visitors to the Exposition as the all-important
thing here. I am relieved of the necessity of bragging
much about the showing- we have made because the citizens
and visitors do cpiite enough of that without me* I
really think that you will find that a very favorable im-
pression has been made, not only upon the' lay visitors
but upon the scientific men who have been here, and which
now is a considerable number*
4. As to your fourth point, the main things in
the plan concerning the Anthropological Station, I think
I ought to take quite a little time to work upon that
before submitting any scheme in detail. Off" hand, I
should favor putting it in the hands of an assistant
JljieQto^__Qf_gopa_ administrative ability, and make it the
3
headquarters for the work of such men as Harrington
and a number of others that are now developing in this
region, together with such new students as may come on
and who would appreciate the opportunity to work in
this field, as well as in the adjacent portions of
Mexico when, if ever, it becomes safe to work there
again* I think I should be very glad if it would
turn out that I could spend three or four months of
each year out here myself, for when I get rid of the
exposition work and have my time again for research,
I am very anxious to do some exploring in Lower
California*
Perhaps what I have outlined here will suf-
ficiently inform you of the plans that I have been
trying to formulate during the past few months until
I can settle down to more careful analysis of the
scheme. I want to assure you , however, that we
have already been able to rally to the project an ex-
ceptionally fine lot of men and women, who, I believe,
will be disposed to stay with it clear through.
With sincere regards, I am as always.
Mr* Wm* H* Holmes,
National Museum,
Washington, L.C*
Very cordially yours,
ELH-t.
\
' ' . ' . ' ' ' ■ . ■. ; . • i :
'
.if:
■
0.‘\:
V
.'-I'
• > '*•“
C /r o
•
l
i.;.c i X
a
.'■10 v; c
•1*
u
R
■ r
*<V
fi
■'.r r :
f ■ J- '
U
0
> t •'
U
• >
X;
*3
.
" >■ , I ' " : r x
.
! ' 1 ' : ■ - ■ , 1 :: ■ O', , ■ .r
, . " ;i j)
c ; ■ '
: •
' c, rj • ; . .■ •* - y , .
- ■’ ’ i ■ 0 ' : .
Ti-, i;-v
i 1
r r ■
J. j.
l
'
. 1ST c i . I f.-s
- ' ' : ■
~~ - ' ' • ' . I''.' ‘ . * i.. ' ■ •
-vrii
< '
. . -
-■ ■- ’ f . : i ,
l
■ X: XX\;
. - ’
* * f . -
.
Iaw (jf (JL e-<r{X~~
Kj
CL^J
j^, j
Extract of letter of May 15, 1916
from Dr. Edgar L. Hewett to Mr. W. H. Holmes
San
I have the pleasure of announcing to the members of the
Managing Committee that, through the gene rosity of Mr. Frank
Springer and a group of his friends, the sum of $30,000.00 has
been raised for the School of American Archaeology to enable it
to make available an equal sum voted by the State of New Mexico
and a valuable site adjacent to the Palace of the Governors,
donated by the people of Santa Fe , for the construction of a new
Museum and Art Gallery.
The new building, contents, and site, together with the
Palace and its equipment, valued at $350,000.00, are granted to
the School of American Archaeology for its perpetual use. The
collections costing $100,000.00, assembled by the School for the
Panama California Exposition and which have become the property
of the Museum of San Diego, together with ample laboratories in
the fire-proof California Quadrangle, have been made available
for the use of our projected San Diego Anthropological Station.
The entire equipment of the School may be conservatively
valued at half a million dollars, against which there is no
indebtedness. To this must be added the permanent appropriation
of $10,000.00 a year (the income on $250,000.00 at four per cent)
by the State of New Mexico for the maintenance of the local
establishment. It is expected that the branch at San Diego will
w
-2-
be equally well supported. This is the contribution of a few
people devoted to the advancement of Science and Art in two
western communities that are as yet comparatively undeveloped in
population and wealth.
It is gratifying to be a lie to announce this during the
decennial year of the foundation of the School and the organisation
of the Managing Committee. During the five years prior to this
decade, the Institute, for its work in American Archaeology,
maintained only a fellowship with annual stipend of (600.00, before
which nothing was expended in the American field for many years.
Under the present organisation we have in less than ten years
established the Institution and equipped it with buildings, museums,
libraries, and laboratories adequate for the research work that we
should pursue, at the same time carrying on a fair amount of field
work and providing practical training for men and women who are
already making important contribution in ethnology, archaeology
and art.
The consummation of these plans enables us to go ahead
with great confidence* We have next to secure a general endowment
func. that# will enable us to maintain fellowships, laboratories
and studios, and support research and publication. This necessi-
tates an income of 450,000.00 per year. In making plans for the
permanent financial foundation the Director will from time to
time seek your counsel and assistance.
... ..
■
-
B ,j t4 ; ■.;.£• ' X
■
;
•ii •-. •. , .
-
• '.(• '' : ■ ' . .. • , K . ;
... ' /
■
: n< $*se ^
♦
■i : i , .’ ' C '• .
'
*
'
.
. •
.
.
:
'
. ■ . ■ .. .. - -I,
■
■
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIO
VOL. LV. No. 220
-
Copyright, 1915 by John Lane Company
JUNE, 1915
THE SAN DIEGO AND SAN FRAN-
CISCO EXPOSITIONS
BY CHRISTIAN BRINTON
Editor s Note, — It was Dr. Christian Brinton1 s wish
to have the two expositions run concurrently in this issue
but considerations of space have necessitated our reserving
San Francisco for the month of July. This will enable
us to illustrate the articles more fully . Other contributions
py the same writer will follow in due course giving special
heed to the paintings and statuary.
I. San Diego
: It must be confessed that the congenital
veakness for hyperbole which obtains west of
he Mississippi leads one to be cautious not
alone of the Grand Canyon but of the eloquently
xploited expositions at San Diego and San Fran-
isco. Superlatives not unwarrantably make for
juspicion, yet in none of these instances is there
occasion for undue conservatism. Like the
thumb-print of God pressed into the surface of the
earth so that man may forever identify His handi-
work, the Canyon transcends the possibilities of
verbal or pictorial expression. Although by no
means so ambitious as its competitor, or, rather,
its complement, farther northward along the his-
toric Camino Real, the Panama-Calif ornia Exposi-
tion has scant reason to fear comparison with the
Panama-Pacific. Restricted in area yet rich in
suggestion the San Diego Exposition is a synthe-
sis of the spacious Southwest. It seems to have
sprung spontaneously from the soil and the vivid
race consciousness of those who inhabit this vast
and fecund hinterland. Regional in the sense that
the recent Baltic Exposition at Malmo and the
Valencian Exposition of 1909 were regional, it is
at once more concentrated and more characteristic
t ACROSS THE
ESPLANADE
ARCHITECT, FRANK P. ALLEN, JR.
CV
The San Diego and San Francisco Expositions
m
than either of those memorable displays.
Though you may have seen many expositions
you have encountered none like this red-tiled,
white-walled city set amid luxurious semi-tropical
vegetation and flanked on one side by a deeply
incised arroyo, and on the other by the azure
expanse of the sea. On crossing the majestic
Puente Caballo you enter the Plaza de California,
or California Quadrangle, the architecture of
which furnishes the keynote of the "'exposition .
To the left is the California Building, which exem-
plifies the cathedral type, to the right is the Fine
Arts Building, wThich conforms to the better-
It is impossible not to respond to the seductive
flavour and opulent fancy of such an offering as
confronts one at Balboa Park. Climatic condi-
tions royalty concur in assisting the architect to
the utmost. Almost every conceivable flower,
plant and tree here attains unwanted magnifi-
cence. The sun is brilliant but does not burn,
and the close proximity of the sea softens and
freshens the atmosphere without undue prepon-
derance ot moisture. Proceed along the acacia-
lined Prado which constitutes the main axis of the
general plan, stroll under the cloisters, linger in
the patios, or follow one of the countless calcadas
VIEW FROM THE LAGUNA DE CABALLO
known Mission style. These structures are per-
manent, and are not only a credit to the exposition
and the municipal authorities, but reveal in new
and congenial light the varied talent of their
designer, Mr. Bertram G. Goodhue. At San
Diego you have in brief something that at once
strikes a picturesque and appropriate note. The
remaining buildings which, with the exception of
the Music Pavilion, are the creation of Mr. Frank
P. Allen, Jr., all continue the Spanish-Colonial
motif with conspicuous success. None of them
is in the least out of harmony with the general en-
semble, and there is not one that does not display
uncommon capacity for the assimilation and adap-
tation of this singularly effective architectural style.
cvi
or pathways skirting the crest of the hill, and you <
will exp - rience the sensation of being in the gar- a
dens of a typical Mexican mission. The mind i
indeed travels even farther back — back to the ;!
Alcazar of Sevilla, the Generalife, and to remote
and colourful Byzantium. Unlike most of it5
predecessors, the San Diego Exposition does not ;
convey an impression of impermanency. The
luxuriance of the floral and arboreal accompani- .
ments, of course, help to dispel any such feeling r
Yet behind this is a distinct sense of inevitabilh !i
which derives from the fact that here is something i
which is at one with the land and its people-"'-
visible expression of the collective soul of the1 1
Southwest.
FACADE OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE BUILDING
ARCHITECT, BERTRAM G. GOODHUE
The San Diego and San Francisco Expositions
Robert Henri, 'Mr. Joseph H. Sharp, and others in
the Fine Arts Building, one is forced to conclude
that the capacity for pictorial representation has
diminished rather than increased with the advent
of our latter-day art schools and academies.
You can hardly expect perfection, even in such
an exposition as that at San Diego, and it is in the
choice of paintings for this same Fine Arts Build-
ing that one may point to a certain lapse from an
otherwise consistently maintained standard. It
is not that Mr. Henri and his coterie are not
admirable artists. It is simply that they do not
gleaming little city perched upon its green-crestec
mesa teaches anything, it teaches that the most
precious things in life and in art are those that lit
nearest the great eloquent heart of nature. Tht
subtle process of interaction which forever goes
silently on between man and his surroundings, the
identity between that which one sees and feed-'
upon and that which one produces, are facts wind
you find c onvincingly presented at the San Diegs
Exposition. It is more than a mere show-win dost
of the Southwest. Alike in its architecture andt
its specific offerings it typifies the richness andi
Panama-Calif ornia Exposition, San Diego
ENTRANCE TO THE VARIED ARCHITECT, FRANK P. ALLEN, JR.
INDUSTRIES BUILDING
fit into what appears to be and in other respects
manifestly is a carefully worked-out programme.
San Diego is so rich in the fundamental sources of
beauty and feeling that had there been no paint-
ings on view one would have had scant cause for
complaint. The welcome absence of the custom-
ary flatulent and dropsical statuary, which is such
a happy feature of the exterior arrangements,
might well have been supplemented by the exclu-
sion of the pretentious and sophisticated canvas.
Intensive rather than extensive in appeal, bas
ing itself frankly upon local interest and tradition,
conscious of its inheritance and looking with con-
fidence toward the future, the Panama-California
Exposition stands as a model of its kind. If this
cx
romance not alone of New Spain but of immemo-
rial America.
A
RTHUR HOEBER
Following closely upon the death of
F. Hopkinson Smith, so famous in the triple role '
of author, artist and engineer, it is our sad task to
record the loss of that genial writer and artist.
Arthur Hoeber, who for many years has been a
contributor to our columns and an ever welcome
friend inside and outside of the office. He
was a landscapist of merit and the kindliest
critic that ever sat in judgment upon the wort
of others.
//
4/
Tt
// /mew
/
-C't
S‘
yz^y /^ey
/<■
sMd'ZCdj
re
1.
1
ll
.ch
ity.
Qf.&.O#'.
, I
. -g ■-
. C -
'
; ■
v ^ * " - ' ;
‘ 'k v
-
.
-
List of Specimens Received.
i
Ll
.ch
ity.
(Accession
1
Embajada de Mexico.
Washington, D. C.,
December 5th, 1925.
At the request of the Depart-
ment of Public Education of Mexico, I have
the honour to send you, herewith enclosed
a Medal which was struck in commemoration
of the celebrat i6n of the First Centennial
of the National Museum df Mexico, and which
this institution begs you tomaccept as a
memento of the occasion.
Sir, to
my high
I avail myself of this Opportunity,
present to you the assurances of
consideration.
Manuel C. Teariez,
Ambassador of Mexico.
es .
ends .
1
(Not good unless countersigned by H. Jay Smith.)
Special Privilege Ticl<et(
tEfyis ticket w\{l ab mi
To the:CLIFF- DWELLERS’ EXHIBIT (south end of
World’s Fair Grounds) during the year 1893. 1 he pre-
sentation of this ticketkyil]^npire speciaj^ttention frcyr
guides and lecturers.
5
EXPIRES BY LIMITATION APRIL 30, 1893,
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
THE WQflID’S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION,
VOID UNLESS
COUNTERSIGNED
BY E. A, FELDER.
UNTIlMj^. 5 o ^ 1893.
N° * 6217
Sup’T Department of Admissions.
This pass good only for one daily admission,-
Holder will obtain pass check on leaving
THE GROUNDS, TO RETURN.
AMT2 PT CAN Ra>sTXC xrrvirp, cO-NTtr
iiUMBiAH [XPosition
Return ■ Pass.
}D ONLY WHfh ACCOMPANIED BV
PHOTOGRAP'jIT, , VICKET,
V /uc/So?-- .
- StAPA L A0M/S&/O/r'S.^& A
: U. >- L. I - & »ToJA-p^A SJ--TT^ J
■
VOLUME IX
SECTION IV, CONGRESSES
THE SECOND PAN AMERICAN CONGRESS,
WASHINGTO I. Dec .27 , 1915- Jan. 8 , 1916
FOURTEENTH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS,
STUTGART. August 18-22,1904
NINETEENTH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS,
Dec. 27 -21, 1915 and Jan. 2-4, 1916.
LANSflv
THE SECRETARY OF STATE
WASHINGTON
December 21, 1815.
My dear Dr. Holmes:
I am writing this line in order to emphasize as much
as possible the responsibility which rests upon the United
States Oiiicial Delegation io the forthcoming Pan-American
Scientific Congress. At the two recent meetings of the
delegation held in the Department, preparations for the
Congress have been outlined and matters of general interest
have been discussed. The individual duties of the delegates,
however, have not been fixed, nor is it indeed possible to
define these duties, I hope, however, that this fact has
not conveyed the impression that your responsibilities in
the Congress are not distinct and of grave importance. As
a matter of fact,
our guests from the Latin- American countries,
and also
tut ions
the host
will res
from the various universities and educational insti-
in this country are looking to the United States as
s of the Congress and the success of the enterprise
t largely on the shoulders of our delegation.
1 have taken the liberty of writing to you in this mat-
ter in the nope that you will be able to spend considerable
time between now and December 27th in coming in touch with
the
the work of the Congress as a whole and in meeting, not
only the Latin-Aaericans who have already arrived in
Washington, but also, the delegates from the various
institutions in this country who have already reached the
Cap.it al.
Sincerely yours,
Dr, William H. Holmes,
Head Curator, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D. C.
1
The Second Pan American scientific Congress
DECEMBER 27, 1915 —JANUARY 8, 1916
WASHINGTON, D. C.
THIRD SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT TO MEMBERS OF
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE THE CONGRESS,
WILLIAM PHILLIPS, A. B.,
THIRD ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF STATE.
CHAIRMAN EX OFFICIO.
JAMES BROWN SCOTT. LL. D., J. U. D„
SECRETARY, CARNEGIE ENDOWMENT FOR INTER-
NATIONAL PEACE.
VICE CHAIRMAN.
WILLIAM H. WELCH, M. D„ LL. D„
PRESIDENT. NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
HONORARY VICE CHAIRMAN,
JOHN BARRETT, LL.‘ D„
DIRECTOR GENERAL. PAN AMERICAN UNION
W. H. BIXBY,
BRIG. GENERAL. U S. A.. RETIRED.
PHILANDER P. CLAXTON, LL. D..
COMMISSIONER OF EDUCATION.
WILLIAM C. GORGAS, M. D.. Sc. D..
SURGEON GENERAL. U. S. A.
WILLIAM H. HOLMES, B. S„
HEAD CURATOR. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
HENNEN JENNINGS, C. E„
FORMER PRESIDENT. LONDON INSTITUTION MINING
AND METALLURGY.
GEORGE M. ROMMEL, B. S.,
CHIEF, ANIMAL HUSBANDRY DIVISION, BUREAU OF
ANIMAL INDUSTRY, DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.
L. S. ROWE, PH. D„
PRESIDENT, AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND
SOCIAL SCIENCE
ROBERT S. WOODWARD, PH. D„
PRESIDENT. CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.
ORGANIZATION OFFICERS
JOHN BARRETT, LL. D.,
SECRETARY GENERAL.
GLEN LEVIN SWIGGETT, PH. D„
ASSISTANT SECRETARY GENERAL.
MEMBERS OF THE CONGRESS
OFFICIAL DELEGATES.
DELEGATES OF BUREAUS, SOCIETIES, ASSOCIATIONS,
AND EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS.
HONORARY MEMBERS.
MEMBERS OF COMMITTEES OFFICIALLY APPOINTED.
The Congress will have its formal opening Monday, December 27th,
10 a. m., in Memorial Continental Hall, Seventeenth and D Streets NW.,
adjoining the Pan American Building.
The Honorable the Secretary of State and the United States Delegation
will tender a reception to the members of the Congress and invited guests
Monday night, December 27th, at 9 o’clock in the Pan American Building.
There will be semiformal openings of the nine sections of the Congress,
meeting separately, Tuesday morning, December 28th, at 9.30 o’clock. Place
of meetings for sections will be announced on the convening of the Congress.
Bach of the nine sections of the Congress will have a formal closing on Friday,
January 7th. The official closing of the Congress will take place Saturday,
January 8th, in the Pan American Building, at 10 o’clock a. m. Immediately
subsequent to the opening of each section on Tuesday, December 28th, and
continuing to the close of the Congress, the various sections and subsections
will be meeting in separate and joint sessions.
Members may register at the Official Headquarters of the Congress in the
New Willard Hotel, beginning Saturday, December 25th. Registration for the
members from the United States will be in the Red Room, first floor. All
members are requested to report immediately on arrival for the purpose of
registration, assignment to sections, and the receiving of such printed informa-
tion as will be of interest. Members will register according to their class of
membership. Members of committees and writers of papers will register at
the table of the corresponding secretary assigned to the section to which they
belong as committee members or writers of papers.
Ushers with badges marked “Scientific Congress ” will be at the F Street
entrance to receive all members of the Congress. Mail of members should be
addressed to “Postal Branch, Pan American Scientific Congress, New Willard
Hotel, Washington, D. C.,” established in the subway adjoining the Red
Room. Wraps, packages, etc., may be left in the Gridiron Room to the right
of the F Street entrance.
The office of the Secretary General and Assistant Secretary General will be
in the Blue Room, directly opposite the Red Room.
Headquarters rooms of the United States delegation, of the Secretary of the
Women’s Auxiliary Conference, of the delegation aids and assistant secre-
taries in charge of social entertainment and reception of Fatin American
delegates will be on the second floor.
Barge posters placed at the entrance of the principal hotels and meeting
places will give further information.
WRITERS OF PAPERS.
I
PROVISIONAL ARRANGEMENT FOR RECEPTIONS.
Assuming that many members will be unable to remain in Washington during the entire period of the Congress, your
attention is called to the following provisional arrangement for receptions, official and otherwise, to be tendered to the
members of the Congress:
Reception by the President of the Congress, His Excellency The Ambassador of Chile, Senor Don Eduardo Suarez
Mujica, at the Chilean Embassy, 1013 Sixteenth Street, Thursday, December 30th, 4.30 to 7 p. m.
Note 1 Reception tendered by the Regents and the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution to the members of the Congress
Wednesday evening, December 29th, at 9 o’clock.
Theater party by the Secretary of State and United States Delegation to the Latin-American Delegations at the New
National Theater Friday, December 31st, at 8.30 o’clock. Other members of the Congress are requested to make their
reservations at once with the management of the theater.
A. • i - - :
Note I Reception tendered to the members of the Congress by the President and officers of the Cosmos Club Saturday after-
noon, January 1st, 3 to 6 o’clock.
Reception by the Governing Board of the Pan American Union to the members of the Congress and invited guests at
the Pan American Union Saturday night, January 1st, at 9 o’clock.
January 2d, Pan American Mass at St. Patrick’s Church. The pastors of the leading Washington churches have been
invited to preach sermons of Pan American interest.
The members of the Second Pan American Scientific Congress will be the guests of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science on the occasion of a special meeting to be held in Memorial Continental Hall Monday night,
January 3d, at 8 o’clock.
1: 1 'V , ■ _■
The Trustees of the Carnegie Institution of Washington will tender a reception to the members of the Congress Tuesday
night, January 4th, 9 p. m., at Sixteenth and P Streets.
There will be a special drill at Fort Myer in honor of the members on January 5th, Wednesday afternoon.
On January 6th, Thursday afternoon, there will be a trip to Mount Vernon in honor of the Eatin-American Delegations.
Thursday night, January 6th, The President will address the members of the Congress.
Friday night, January 7th, The President will give a reception to the members of the Congress at the White House.
Saturday night, January 8th, the Secretary of State and the United States Delegation will give a banquet in honor of the
Eatin-American Delegations.
WOMEN’S AUXILIARY CONFERENCE.
,In view of the circumstance that many of the delegates will be accompanied by their wives and daughters, it has been
decided to take advantage of the opportunity thus afforded and hold a special conference of women in connection with the
Congress. v
Topics of interest to women on educational and social subjects will be discussed by several of the most prominent
women of Pan America.
The Women's Auxiliary Conference will open Tuesday morning, December 28, in Memorial Continental Hall . Details
concerning this conference will be announced shortly.
H.Y.City, Feb. 20, 1915
SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN,
The Pan-American Scientific Congress
AT a time when scientific solidarity has been so
seriously impaired in the Old World as a result of
the European war it is gratifying to note that prepa-
rations are afoot for bringing the scientific men of the
New into closer and more friendly relations. The first
much-needed step in this direction was taken at the end
of the year 1908, when the first Pan-American Scientific
Congress assembled at Santiago, Chile. The second
congress is to meet in Washington next October, and
the plans for it have been formulated by a committee
headed by Mr. William Phillips, Third Assistant Secre-
tary of State, the other members being the Director
General of the Pan-American Union; the IJ. S. Oommis- *
sioner of Education; the Surgeon General of the U. S.
Army; Mr. G. M. Rommel of the Department of Agri-
culture; Mr. William H. Holmes of the Smithsonian
Institution; Prof. L. S. Rowe, University of Pennsyl-
vania ; and Dr. J. B. Scott of the Carnegie Peace En-
dowment.
The congress is to be organized in eight sections, as
follows : 1. Anthropology. 2. Astronomy, meteorology,
and seismology. 3. Conservation of natural resources;
agriculture; irrigation and forestry. 4. Education. 5.
Engineering, transportation, and commerce. 6. Interna-
tional law, public law, and jurisprudence. 7. Mining
and metallurgy, economic geology, and applied chem-
istry. 8. Public health, medicine.
If the history of the last congress repeats itself, the
forthcoming meeting will be an event of exceptional in-
terest, from both a scientific and a political point of
view. At Santiago delegations attended from eight
North and Central American countries, including the
United States, and from nine South American coun-
tries, and an imposing list of papers was presented,
more than fifty of which emanated from this country.
The President of Chile attended the opening session,
held an official reception for the delegates, and enter-
tained all of the latter at dinner, a limited number
being invited each day during the congress. Other en-
tertainments, official and unofficial, were overwhelming
in number.
HEW YORK TIMES, December 20,1915
PAM-AIERIGAH HOST
Mbre Than 1,000 Delegates to
Attend Scientific Congress
Opening Tomorrow.
RECEPTION AT WHITE HOUSE
Scores of Business Sessions with
Entertainments Arranged
—Noted Men There.
WASHINGTON, Dec, 25. -Prepara-
tions for the Second Pan-American Sci-
entific Congress, which opens Monday,
were being completed here today. With
ail the hotel rooms in the city reserved
for the 1,000 to 1.500 members of the
congress and of the permanent scientific
organizations which will meet with it, |
practically every square foot of conven-
tion space chartered, from lodge hall to
ballroom and including even the Govern-
ment and educational buildings, the city
is awaiting the largest and most com-
prehensive international gathering of its
kind ever held in this country.
Hosts and hostesses have arranged
scores ‘ of Pan-American breakfasts,
: luncheons, dinners, receptions, and balls,
which' will make the hours between the
sessions of the congress a continuous
whirl of entertainments, concluding on
the night of Jan. 7 with the first Pan-
American reception ever held in the j
White, House. It is expected President I
Wilson will' return to Washington in
time to address the members at a spe-
cial meeting in the Pan-American Build-
ing on the night of Jan. 5.
Many of the delegates, who include
hundreds of noted scientists, educators,
and publicists of the two continents,
have arrived in the city. The rest will j
reach here, tomorrow afternoon in time I
for the “ get acquainted ” reception to
be giyen by the official United States
■ delegation, headed by Judge George-
Gray of Wilmington, Del., member of ;
The Hague Peace Court. This reception
will be held in the New Willard Hotel,
where the organization committees have
established official headquarters.
Decorated with the flags of the twenty-
one nations of Pan-America, the hotel
presents an example which is being fol-
lowed by other hostelries, and to a lesser
degree elsewhere throughout ' the city, j
A registration. . office has been opened In !
die New- fWillard, and ushers, with* I
badges marked “ Scientific Congress,” ,
are at the entrances to receive the dele-
gates as they .arrive. A branch Post Of-
fice has been established in the hotel to
^handle the delegates’ mail, and ar-
rangements -have 1 beep
and other facilities.
The formal opening will take place at
10 o’clock Monday In Memorial Conti-
nental Hall, national headquarters of
the Daughters of the’ American Revolu-
tion. The assemblage, comprising some
150 representatives of Lattn-American
Governments and scientific institutions
and. societies, about 700 representatives
of American organizations, and about
300 from educational institutions of this
country-, will be called to order by John
Barrett, Director General of the Pan-
American Union, acting as Secretary
General of the congress. After the sing-
ing of the “ Pan-American Hymn ” by a
chorus, Mr. Barrett will introduce, Will-
iam Phillips, Third Assistant Secretary
of State, as Chairman of the 'executive
Committee which organized the ’con-
gress, Mr. Phillips will call on Ambas-
sador Suarez of Chile to take up the
gavel as presiding officer for the thir-
teen-day meeting,
A welcome on behalf of the United
States Government, under whose aus-
pices the congress will be held, will be
tendered by Vice President Marshall in
the absence of President ■ Wilson. This
will be followed by a formal address hi-
Secretary of State Lansing. Responses
will be made by the respective Chairmen
of the twenty-one national delegations,
beginning with -Dr. Ernesto Quesada of
Argentina. In most cases the Latin -
American Chairmen are the Envoys of
their Governments in Washington. In
the evening there will be a reception to
the members of the congress and guests
tendered by Secretary Lansing' and the
United States delegation.
The scientific discussions will begin
Tuesday morning with the .semi -formal
openings of the nine main sections of
the congress, at which arrangements
will be completed for consideration of
the general subject assigned to each.
Section No. 1 has anthropology, with
Dr. William H. Holmes, head curator of
Smithsonian Institution, as Chair-
man.; No. 2, astronomy, meteorology,
and seismology, Robert S. Woodward,
President of the Carnegie ' Institution ;
No. 3, conservation, agriculture, irriga-
tion, and forestry, George N„ - Rommel,
chief, animal husbandry division, United
States Department of Agriculture; No.
4, education, P. P. CJaxton, United
States Commissioner of Education; No.
5, engineering, Brig'. Gen. William H.
l.lixby, -U. S, A... retired; No. b, inter-
national and public, law and jurispru-
dence, Dr., James Brown Scott, Secre-
tary of the Carnegie Endowment for
International Peace; No. 7, mining and
metallurgy, economic geology and ap-
plied chemisfo-y, Hennen Jennings, for-
mer President of the London. Institute
of Mining and Metallurgy; No, 8, pub-
lic health and medical science. Surgeon
Gen. William C, Gorgas, U, S. A.; No.
!), transportation, commerce, finance,
and taxation, L, S. Rowe, President of
the Academy of Social and Political
Science.
The sections on Wednesday will spilt
I up into forty-five subsections, each with
jits special topics. From then on the
Congress will consist of a large number
of separate meetings until the day be-
fore adjournment, when the main sec-
tions will meet again for the formulation
of resolutions to be acted on at the clos-
ing . exercises in Memorial. Continental
Hall oii Jan. 8.
There is to be a Women’s Auxiliary
Conference meeting four days each of
the two weeks. Mrs. Robert Lansing,
wife of the Secretary of State, is to pre-
side, and- a prominent part will be. taken
by Mftfe: . SUarez, wife of the Chilean
Ambassador ,. Addresses will be made 'by
many prominent women,. , Women who
speak 'Spanish have also been engaged
as interpreters for the women of the for-
eign delegations.
*
\
DELEGATES OF THE UNITED STATES TO THE PAN-AMERICAN
SCIENTIFIC CONGRESS TO BE HELD IN WASHINGTON
DECEMBER 27, 1915, TO JANUARY 7, 1916.
Hon. Judge GEORGE GRAY, Member of the International Permanent
Court of Arbitration, Chairman of the Delegation.
Dr. FRANZ BOAS, Professor of Anthropology, Columbia University.
Brigadier General WILLIAM H. BIXBY, U. S. A., Retired; Chairman,
Section on Engineering, Second Pan American Scientific
Congress.
Dr. JOHN A. BRASHEAR, President of the American Society of Me-
chanical Engineers; Director of the Alleghany Observatory,
and Chancellor of the University of Pittsburgh.
Hon. JOHN BARRETT, Director General Pan American Union; Secre-
tary General, Second Pan American Scientific Congress.
Dr. PHILANDER. P. CLAXTON, Commissioner of Education; Chairman,
Section on Education, Second Pan American Scientific
Congress.
Mr. WILLIAM WALLACE CAMPBELL, Director of the Lick Observatory.
President of the American Association for the Advance of
Science .
Dr. RICHARD C. CABOT, of the General Hospital of Boston, and
Professor in the Harvard Medical School.
Dr. HENRY B, FINE, Dean of the Department of Science, Prince-
ton University.
Mr. HENRY S. GRAVES, Chief of the Forest Service of the United
States.
Gen. WILLIAM C. GORGAS, Surgeon General, U, S. A.; Chairman,
- Section on Public Health and Medical Science, Second Pan
American Scientific Congress.
Dr. WILLIAM H. HOLMES, Head Curator, Smithsonian Ins titution ;
Chairman, Section on Anthropology, Second Pan American
Scientific Congress.
Mr. HENNEN JENNINGS, former President, London Institution of
Mining and Metallurgy; Chairman, Section on Mining,
Metallurgy, Economic Geology, ana Applied Chemistry,
Second Pan American Scientific Congress.
.
■
■
.
.
a
.
,
.
,
■*
, , ,
’
.
'
“
Hon. WILLTAM PHILLIPS, Third Assistant Secretary of State;
Chairman ex officio of the Executive Committee of the
Second Pan American Scientific Congress.
Dr. GEORGE M. ROMMEL, Chief, Animal Husbandry Division, Bu-
reau of Animal Industry, Department of Agriculture;
Chairman, Section on Conservation of natural Resources,
Agriculture, Irrigation, and Forestry, Second Pan
American Scientific Congress.
Dr. LEO S. ROWE, President, American Academy of Political
and Social Science; Chairman, Section on Transporta-
tion, Commerce, Finance, and Taxation, Second Pan
American Scientific Congress.
Dr. TAMES BROWN SCOTT, Secretary, Carnegie Endowment for
International Peace; Vice Chairman, Executive Commit-
tee of the Second Pan American Scientific Congress;
Chairman Section on International Law, Public Law and
Jurisprudence, Second Pan American Scientific Congress.
Mr. ALFRED R. THOM, General Counsel of the Southern Railway.
Dr. CHARLES D. WALCOTT, Secretary of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution.
Dr. WILLIAM H. WELCH, President, National Academy of Science-
Honorary Vice Chairman,' Executive Committee of the
Second Pan American Scientific Congress.
Dr. ROBERT S. WOODWARD, President, Carnegie Institution of
Washington; Chairman, Section on Astronomy, Meteorology
and Seismology, Second Pan American Scientific Congress
SECRETARY OF THE DELEGATION.
Mr. WALTER SCOTT PENFIELD
ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF THE DELEGATION.
Mr. HENRY RALPH RINGE
SECOND PAN AMERICAN SCIENTIFIC CONGRESS.
December 27, 1915 - January 8, 1916.
Organisation Officers!
John Barrett, LL.D,, Secretary General.
Glen Levin Swiggett, Ph.D., Assistant Secretary General.
Headquarters:
Pan American Union, Washington, D. C.
SPECIAL NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.
The nine main Sections of the Program of the Congress, with the names
of the Chairmen in charge of each section, are as follows:
I. Anthropology, William H. Holmes, B.S., Smithsonian Institution, Washington.
II. Astronomy, Meteorology, and Seismology, Robert S. Woodward, Ph.D., Car-
negie Institution, Washington, D. C.
Ill, Conservation of Natural Resources, Agriculture, Irrigation and Forestry,
George M. Rommel, B.S., Bureau of Animal industry. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
IV. Education, P, P. Claxtcn, LL.B., Bureau of Education, Washington, D, C.
V. Engineering, W. H. Bixby, Brig. General U.S.A., Retired, Washington, D. C.
VI, International Law, Public Law, and Jurisprudence, James Brown Scott, A.M.,
J.U.D., LL.D., Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Washing-
ton, D« C,
VII. Mining and Metallurgy, Economic Geology, and Applied Chemistry, Hermen
Jennings, C.E., Washington, D. C.
VIII. Public Health and Medical Science, Wrn. C. Gorgas, M.D., Sc.D. , Surgeon
General U.S.A., Washington, D. C.
IX, Transportation, Commerce, Finance, and Taxation, L. S. Rowe, Ph.D.,
President, American Academy of Political and 'Social Science, Phila-
delphia, Pa.
Each Section is divided further into Sub-Sections. There are forty-
five of che latter in all, each with a special committee and program. The
deliberations of the Congress will be based according to the subject-matter
wj be discussed in the various Sub-Sections. There will be general sessions
of the congress as a whole. Each Section will have one or more general ses-
sions. Tne various Sub-Sections of the Congress may arrange for joint ses-
sions, There will also be joint sessions bety/een certain Sections and Sub-
Sections of the Congress and certain national Associations meeting in Washing-
ton at the time of the Congress,
'
■
*
:
.
:
*
.
f
. . ,
i ■
■ - • •
.
'
• V " ;
-
■
'
V ■
<
.
• r
.
*
The following persons will be members of the Congress:
The official delegates of the countries represented.
The representatives of the universities, institutes, societies, and
scientific bodies of the countries represented.
Such persons in the countries participating in the Congress as may be invited
by the Executive Committee, with the approval of the countries represented.
All writers of papers,
A 1 members of the Congress shall be entitled to attend its sessions,
to take part in the debates and to receive a copy of such publications as the
executive Committee may issue. There will be no membership fee of any character,
A GENERAL STATEMENT FOR ALL SECTIONS.
Rules of the Congress:
III. In view of the great number of papers to be submitted, they should
be as concise as possible. It is desirable that each paper shall
be . typewritten. They may be accompanied by illustrations and
tabular matter to clarify and shorten descriptions.
TV, It is suggested that illustrations be limited in number, and be
submitted upon sheets not over 10 inches by 22 inches (25 cm. by
56 cm.) including the border, or 9 inches by 21 inches (23 cm.
by 53 cm.) inside the border.
V. Each paper should be accompanied by a 'resume of not more than 1,500
words, followed by a footnote giving the bibliography of the sub-
ject to include references to important original papers and sources
of information referred to in the paper. Article V may not apply to
all sections. Writers of papers will govern themselves accordingly.
Papers should not exceed 30 minutes in length. Technical matter
should be made particularly plain. Definite arrangements for the use of illus-
trative matter and lantern slides in the reading of a paper should be trade as
early as possible. Lanterns will be provided by the Congress. Authors are to
iUrnish other material for this purpose. In addition fo the above-mentioned
resume, authors are respectfully requested to furnish an abstract of their
papers not tc exceed 500 words, preferably 300 words. This abstracx should be
furnished in the language of the paper and should be sent to the Secretary
General as soon as possible, although it may accompany the paper.
CTK I'KCO-.D ML .'bldXC/b tCIKLTXFXC COdGKEEX
K-- *
SEC TICK I - ArTH'T’POLoOV.
'■■• 1 •' ' f .1 ' t :
lr'-j tVh jd-buf
X « Anthropology ic properly de lined au the L donee of
Urn . It aeeke to find out and place on record all that can be
known of the history ami characteristics of tne human race*
Beginning with the present period, researches in /•nthropology
d backward in an rlsaoat ondlese porape- tive to the birth
of the race# f lowly but surely they are peneti 'll-,.., tit shadows
of the pant and in good time the veil that has obscured the to ry
of Eian’c origin and becoming will bo lifted, and those who will
may know the truth# leiene© does not -top, h mover, wit! the
work of unveiling the pas t 4 it seem to enow and to un era land
the present man and to apply that knowledge to his betterment*
Its activities extend thus to a consideration of the probMj-ms ot
r
> t •
education and to a- dot examination of the ,mt effectual mean© of
applying the principle* oi eugenics ol the further evolution of
the race.
-
■
, 1 * I
* . ” ' ■ ■ ■■■' . • ....■■■■■
.
■ ......... .. -> ' ,vv . ■
.
. .... ' "
" - ' : " ; ■ ■ •' ' •' : .; ■ '■ ■ '■ , • ■. ■ • v :
.
; .. :.fy . ... ■ •• .-. '
3 )&
..
•• ■ '■ ' ■ t.
XI* It was with the view o t bringing together the many
devotees of this great branch of research that the Section of
Anthropology was organised and the px^egraia formula ted- and the
results have justified the most expectation*. * Joint
sessions were arranged with five kindred organisations whose
activities come w .i.thir Uu; field of anthropology , and the papers
and dlsetn aions had a wide range* The body of students of the
science thus brought together is soli? voc to have exceeded in
number and importance any previou. assemblage of its kind on tl is
s .1 d e o f th e /• 1 1 a rile at le a s t •
'‘ecev't-.or i^y the papers presented and, discussed - 162 in
number - touch upon but a limited number of the salient features
of the- extensive and much diversified subject-matter* Chief
attention was given to the results of recent researches in the
ram American republics - studies relating to man himself as the
rort Important biologic unit, to the living stocks and tribes
a.uu thwir extremely varied cultures , and to tUe vast body of
'
\
.
.
.
,
' • - ' ■ ‘ . / . ..
.
,
. -- ■■■ - • .. . jv ... ..
'
-
• •
’
'
.
'
; . ... . • - /' • - - ' t. ' '
, ■ . • ' ■ -V: ' . .■■■>'
■ .
; . " • ' - :
■
'
.
■
. ... , , • . . . : , V ■ , ■ - .. : . . - - ■ ■ •
... ■ ' ’ : .
■
, . . . ■
material traces of the prehit toric occupancy of the continent
Ihcy physical man, and /.acre especially the 'aboriginal
American man , received the attention hie position as the
original proprietor of the continent and no one of the principal
races of men *vould suggest and make- appropriate. The problems
of the origin of the American race have occupied many minds since
the discovery of the continent,, but it Is on ly ulthin recent
years the; anything like real scientific deductions have become
possible* It was made apparent that there is but one American
moo, fa A : ' • A :•> trace has ever been round of any other than
the Indian race on the continent * It was that this people
represent? physically an advanced and hence a relatively late
form of hiiS58.nl ty $ that it connects in Its physical and physio-
logical characteristics with the yellow-brown people of eastern
ap1h# and more remotely, in all probability, with the latest
paleolithic or early neolithic peoples of the old - orld.
It was shown that the original inhabitant- of America must
.
.
■
: ’ : • ' } : i ■ ..
- • ,
• ,
'
■ 1 ; ; — - • . , ';-v - •
■
i
.. • V ■ :■
>. ’ r ' •> ■
'
■ ■ " . . • ' 1 * ' ■ - ; • , f^y;-
...
,
; }* ; • 1 , . , ■ : .
. I 4 ; -m
■
V
hove come to thlc Cos LI I ft fey the several " . rthre® terr: routes $
that this advert could cot have occurred before ' /.sir itself was
)
well peoples | and that immigrants coil Id not lave or i.ved on
this co- .t inert in any one Idersble numbt rr ?t one time, but
rather that arrivals wore In relatively small . - rties and ex-
tending over lonVJ •*. riods of timo, Among the important sub-
jects discussed were those of the racial elements entering into
the modern population, of America, and the ethnic problem of
immigration. These elvers! fie cl racial elements have u&fcted in
varying degrees with lib native American population and are
slowly developing new ethnic variant; , the * lady of which
is of great interest and Importance*
The branch of anthropologic science Icno^n as ethnology
t
deals mainly with the problems of the present and historic
rit » ll £&$ I® HI ftfed M y&i OhHI , at,.: ric tics, i «
with every department of their culture - language, social insti-
tution®, religion, technology, esthetic®, traditions, and lore
1
'
'
- *
,
* ' ■ ■ • ■
■- ■ . : .
.
- : ■ ' . . . • . ■ " ■ ; ■ ■■ •
'
' ' • 1 • ’ I ■ ' ..... ; m :
.. '■ . - ■' • : : ^ ; " ^
•’ ! ' •-'* : o. •&&' : '^Mry. :fi-l f,? ' .? ■ : .$&t vf *i ;; ■ ,J / c ; ■ lr;-'
.
,
.
; ;V
' m
.
'
: . - :.. : . ■ ■ : ■
There rue up wag'd of n < tit I i 2 ; . B j P piMti
»
ethnic complex so it trlcnte and obscure that no single o <e has
ns yet been exha us lively studied a. d placed on record*
In the conferences of the Section attention wn© giver,
in certain measure to (1) the: origin, development, character-
istics , and .-‘elation; hips of the 500 or more Tnnin: dis tributed
over the continent fro:*) -Mask: to Patagonia; (2) to the problems
of the social Institutions which , /then -'.s terod, i ’ 1 be cone
available to the historian of the rice i • his efforts to de-
termine the processes and laws o.t the evolution of civilized
1 ns i i tu t Ions I ( 5 ) to the p rob leras of t: in dive rr 1 fie d £ ys terns
of beliei which men have devised to explain the mye torios of the
cosmos and of their environment -v;k? toeir Motions Uu.ro to,
a.*ui to the endless array* ol devices - the rites and ceremonies ~
hy miDi of «hi#tt frlialtiw Mn hm on ;-u, and
uu
seeds to
influence tlie deities whicu no has created; (4, to the problem©
of technology which Involve tine cone Iteration of each and every
-art ar d to ;n to mm$ '■ Me activities by means of
'
T
‘ '
.
'
'
’ ’ • : '
> " - ■ ■ i j" ■ . : .;■)
. .
' ■ ' ' ; ' ■ ' - ; ■■ : ■* - ; v v • ■ - ,
\
. . , . : ■ j
■
*
■
t ~ . f ' ’■ i . '
■
.
" V. " ■ V. ' •• : ' .... •
.
,
■■ \ • - ■ ■ v; - ; ;■ '■ / x ’ v m
\
• ■
:
■
'
'
which e has advanced through a long series of experiments,
inventions, and adaptations to his present state; (5) to the
problems of the esthetic arts ~ the embellishing and fine arts -
w ich take so prominent a place in the history of civilization,
for n where are these more readily and effectively studied as
in. the primitive American ,ield; (6} to t^e problems of geography ,
which relate to the original habitat , .and migrations, and the
c o mp 1 looted c ou roe o f d 1 © t r i bu t i on wh ich h a © re s u t e d in the
present geographical position of the tribes and nations*
Archeological research, which had an important place in
the deliberations of the Section, serve, to carry backward
into the past the story of the known peoples and to supplement
this with the almost endless perspective of prehistory . These
researches make clear the course of human progress from the
first weak and halting step in the manual arts to the build-
j.ng Oi temples, tn# invention of the c\|J|end&r, and the incep-
tion of phonetic writing - the latter the stepping stone to the
'
: . , . , .. . .... _
t ■
• V
■
. , ■ . ' ■ . •, , . .
.
. . - . . ^ ■
*
. .. - . .. ,
■
.... . . ...
■
■ ■ . .... ........... . . ■ i
- • . ■, '■ " / ' ,
X
' . m* % ... ;l . '. • ft C l ■;
■
... . , .... . ■. . ■ ' - . . ' .
i'l'i,
■
1 : II
slake known as civilisation. ,• rcheology has to solve also the
problems of chronology, to determine the place of the race in
the geological scale., and the- ordinary scale of tine* The solu-
tions a 4-a.lt, however, prolonged and profound studies which in-
volve also the sciences of geology, biology, climatology, geog-
r
raphy , and oven astronomy, for man1® career ii the world has in-
timate relations with all of these.
It is believed that the time has now arrived when the many
misconceptions regarding *he scope and significance of anthro-
pological science - the science of human history - roust dis-
appear an 1 the importance of its position in the hierarchy of
•#!•! - ’ ' ■ -• iy mm% An,*.;. The Aeeond pan American
Scientific Congress has had a goodly share in the promotion
of this great end.
■
.....
■
'
*
.
.
.
'
■
■
.
.
'
• • '
■ ■
'
■
'
■w
*Nfc
■ -■ g
i f
• 4
c> *9*
t \ \ i *v>3
* 1 S'? if
^ ^ 4 o 0 £
Y*?A
' m
y t>
m
W
6-i
<!
Eh
m
fi
H
Eh
t — !
£
P
w
M
P
pH
O
m
P
e
<1
P
H
P
H
P
P
<!
I-H
O
I— i
Ph
O
£8da bl m b
9-2^5 a £|
^gly-g§ftJ
5 o!^ Sfl'S ^-d
cq JUs Jg'g'S
.-§2 §<| a> 8
gSS^gai*
jJa.-s 9*^ Jj3
.aS|5^j£
^ H H -m ‘H r/, C3
M|p§a^lft
u cap a pi
g a^o .® g
r— 1 f-S O f-l (-1 O O K/-1
«,°-g.® a flea „
gp-o^.S.Sc®
do^^o o 53
S^-g c3*^ CQ
f-T • +-< +^ • r'*P rS
■fctlpl-a
9:1*51 §|§-
Sl>o|S^
<\ © d fa 0:3 o
pi -9
od
p fl
.!sl"
a s^W 9'^'5^-S
,Q "p ^
• 5=1 ©-*-
■• <D.d
03
^gai
o3 td
&®£
k*Vh ga®
g’a p § cj^^r-g
op-SP-ss^S
^rPrVl m-HJ-q ®+a
% gW £>_g pjfe.S
P®«H Ph ±d w
O O .fd
^ »S.Sh
0 PI fcs W
c3
H ^
'P ° P ^ d ^
P >>§ S pi 8 S g3
PSJtp^Pl+H-r-1-1
o a+^r’^'
9Ml§p|^
ft
” §<S>j8's3 95
a-g«fe^£-«K
o O-4-j^ o ** p Kb
b d cS-p _ ~+d Jd
hp w m " •
. ^ j ^ C/3 C/2 ^ IJ M
® ■ <3 ta £ 60 S m ®
s --d s.g p sw
33'
®'3-2(H ar rn :-
P-i ®’d M " *St»
. p-S
P O SflJO®
•2 g,p^ g O
§9*S$*a”
g S^-pM+^cbS’'
a g .P p.o t>.td.:
a .ss^'g^!
ojS<
rnPT
.'oS.o
Sfl.SSflS®
a^sf-Sp
g^Sg§a3
o „ rh.Spo
P -& K • o §5
P'g
.sitsb.ap •
w>.£ > a 3 «fl
5 ® J7
8p ®5
03 ^
O.^O
k4'oS? .
»io a'g'30 °
a p.S d p § --pH
55P^0 p t>>.2 "i
® O »s rr\ r*~) OT io
-Pp <D rH .,_, dn
r 03+5
© ©, ,.rt
^w^diSSp"-
^■EPW?J-E
o _d -N • © m 7^
FH FF~< " C n HH +J r.
CQ ^ ®3 cd ^ o3 ®
w gu 03^1+;^+.
\
■$
J-
•*k
tr-i
K
.
'
^EVENING STAB, TUESDAY, DECEMBER 28, 1915.
LOCAL DELEGATES TO PAN-AMERICAN SCIENTIFIC CONGRESS
L.,S. ROGERS,
Director of United States census,
GEN. OTIS SMITH,
Director of United States
survey,
'VAN H. MANNING,
Director of bureau of mines,
W. H. HOLMES,
Curator of Smithsonian Institution.
V
DAVID FAIRCHILD,
Chief of plant introduction bureau,
A. H. FAY,
Bureau of mimes.
- Lrvw.h'-'-
RUPERT BLUE,
Surgeon general. United States public
health service.
EVENING STAR, January 8, 1916
Pan-America.
The second Pan-American Scientific
Congress brought its labors to a close
today. Altogether, much good was
accomplished. Not only scientists,
but statesmen of note met, and ex-
changed views on matters of special
and of general interest. Old friend-
ships were strengthened. New
friendships were formed. Larger
views of large questions were pre-
sented to take the place of views
that had served their day.
If what may be called political and
governmental questions somewhat
overshadowed strictly scientific ques-
tions it was with the consent of the
scientists present. They, as others,
recognized the fact that the momen-
tous new times had put general ques-
tions into the foreground and de-
manded their consideration. Pan-
Americanism in its most comprehen-
sive signification is the prize topic
now whenever for any purpose
North, Central and South Americans
meet.
What the public has heard the most
about, therefore, during the sittings
of the congress has related to mat-
ters other than scientific — the Mon-
roe doctrine, the value and growth of
democracy, the belief that this hem-
isphere is dedicated to the rule of the
people, and that the people of both
continents should act in sympathy
with that belief, and in co-operation
to that end. Both the President and
Secretary Lansing spoke in that vein,
and all the other deliverances car-
ried a similar message. And dele-
gates and onlookers alike showed by
their attention and applause warm
support of all the sentiments ex-
pressed.
The next congress will assemble
at Lima five years hence. Time and
place carry assurance of another suc-
cessful meeting. Peru is progressive
and hospitable, and as host will for-
ward all the purposes disclosed here.
By that time, too, let us all hope,
peace will have returned to the world
m a form warranting the prospect of
a long stay, and encouraging to the^
complete success of all the aims the
three Americas have in mind.
Meanwhile, much may be done for
the cause in all the countries in in-
terest in the way of public discus-
sion, and the putting of discussion
into action. Scientists, statesmen
and capitalists may, and should, work
together for what concerns all. The
task in hand — the full development
and advancement of the, western hem-
isphere—is gigantic, and calls for that
famous “pull with a will and pull to-
gether” for its accomplishment.
S I U r 1 t A fix UjO^i — <!>
M23,f{
XiVtx
•:• T'rrvjA ;
•:• ycipss os iotica::ygw8
Patron : HIP PAJESIY KI1JG V ILHELZ .T I * OP OrUE,RTTPr£PERO
A ±
LAM,
f\ r\ i
Li ;
MAR 80 1904
St u.’C tg&u t . :larcix .190*3
4 7 , P e c Par s t r a s a e <,
[ w.h^h. MAH Sf^Wt
G e n 1 1 era an, (4 ax *. ■ "A- ■ • ■ ■ • ~ ’
We ’beg to call youx* attention to the fact that the XIV ,
International Congress of Americanists is to he held this year
in Stuttgart, August 18th - 23rd,
The General Program t see enclosure) was sent cut at the
end of 1903 to a number of repros entail'-, es nd iriends of Aimi i-
c an i stic Science and shortly afterwards, through interale diary of
the Imperial Foreign Office, your Government was respectfully as:
ed to
send an expert
delegate
to
attend
t v (-■
- j- v~*
Congress
We have now th
e hone ur
to
i nvi t e
you
r Ins ti tut ion
to
o p n, r» t
w* a.* v. v
and s e nd a dele ga t, e ,
arid
c a n
as su
re you
tha
t we shall be
exceea-
ingly
glal to welcome
him to
Stut
tgart
and
shall apt reel a
te
me at
highlv
his assist anc.e
CAi Kj
+ Vip
Gl i O
v/orit
bef or
U S
«
We hope that y
ou will
give
our i
n v i t a ticn fa v o ur a b
le
cons id
e r a g i on an d nav s t h e h ono Ur ... o r sms. in, Gen 1 1 em er
.y .*.■ -
Yc ur s re spe c t f u liy .
Pv~^ ^
■ i , - . I - ' m
■
.
.
-
■
.
.
J l J *.v«J
£
The fourteenth International Congress of Americanists
>00 iL* *,
is to be held at Stuttgart, Germany, August 18 to 23'. Meetings
are held alternate years. In 1902 a very successful session
was held at the American Museum in Hew York. The Congress is
patronized by European governments, and concerns itself with the
problems of the native American races, their origin, distri-
bution, history, physical characters, languages, inventions,
customs and religions; with the monuments and archeology of
America and with the history of the discovery and occupation
of the Hew World,
An exceptionally large number of American anthro-
pologists will attend the Stuttgart Meeting-. W. H. Holmes will
represent the Smithsonian Institution! as well as the American
Association for the Advancement of Science and the national
Geographic Society. 3Dr Eranz Boas and Professor M. H. Saville
will represent Hew York institutions. Dr George A. "Dorsey
represents the field Columbian Museum, Chicago, and Dr Charles
W. Currier the Catholic University, Washington City,
delegates are furnished with credent ials from the State De-
partment, through the intermediary of the Smithsonian
Institution. A movement is on foot to have the Meeting of
1906 held in Washington, but the Argentine Republic is also
urging the
■
.
.
.
.
*
'
,bi' j err+'*tc
. .
• , , ‘ ■' at to*"". i)i •* * ■* . X-? '•* 1 00
r t flf . an?; :
.
•:.i. i*il 0
"Mr. William H. Holmes, chief of the Bureau of
American Ethnology, Besides visiting some of the principal
European Museums in behalf of the national Museum, attended
the Fourteenth International Congress of Americanists at
Stuttgart, Germany, from August 18 to S3, 1904, as the
representative of the Museum and Institution and of the
Government. Other official American delegates were the
Hue de loubat, a patron of American archeological research.;
1
Dr. Paul Haupt, of the national Museum and Johns Hopkins
University; Dr. Franz Boas, of the American Museum of natural
History, and Rev. C. W. Currier, of the Catholic University
of America. A number of papers were read dealing with
questions of American history, ethnology and archeology.
Mr. Holmes presided at a meeting of the Congress on August
20, and on the same day delivered an address on "Contribu-
tions of American Archeology to the Science of Man.”
Annual Report, U. S. national Museum, 1905, page 61.
'
,
.
■
■
■■
■
: ' /
, ; .
■
.
.
-
.
.
.
■
.
.
*
.
. -
.
-
.
. . • : r - .. -V s , ,
• ' . ■ ! ■ ' ' ’ r
.
V
■
.
.
CONTRIBUTION S OP AMERICAN ARCHEOLOGY
TO HUMAN HISTORY
By W* H. Holmes.
(Read before the Congress of Americanists, Stuttgart, Germany,
August 21, 1904)*
Not wishing to weary the Congress with the reading
of a lengthy paper I shall attempt to give the substance of
what I would say in brief outline, but in "to beginning, as the
representative of the Smithsonian Institution, I have the honor
to present to the Congress a set of publications to be dis-
posed of as it may deem expedient* These volumes, about sixty
in number, are selections from the archeological publications
of the Institution and two of its bureaus - the National Mu-
seum and the Bureau of American Ethnology* They deal almost
exclusively with the problems of primitive American history
and prehistory and mainly with the aboriginal history of the
extensive region now comprised within the United States. Most
of the volumes were published under government auspices and
«
largely in the annual reports of the Bureau of American
Ethnology of which Major J. W* Powell was the founder and the
guiding spirit.
The Bureau* s work extends over a period of 25 years
but the parent Institution began the publication of archeolog-
ical material almost from its foundation and the first number
of its great series of contributions to knowledge was the
Monuments of the Mississippi Valley” by Squire ond Davis, a
work known and esteemed by Americanists everywhere* The works
here presented comprise only the more important papers relat-
ing to this branch issued by the Institution and form but a
fraction of its anthropological publications, a complete list
of which includes several hundred titles* I have the honor
also to present a set of photographic portraits of American
Indiana made during the past winter by the 'photographers of
the Bureau of American Ethnology and the National Museum and
representing members of the various delegations of the natives
visiting Washington on business growing out of their relations
with the Government. The portraits, about sixty in number,
represent upwards of twenty tribes, front and profile views
of each Individual being given. Beside the portraits physical
measurements were taken of all and masks were made of such, as
could be induced to undergo the unpleasant ordeal.
What I now desire to say does net have to do with
what American archeologists or the American Government have
done for Archeological Science but rather with what prehis-
toric America has contributed and may be expected to contribute
in the way of the mat ©rials of human history.
The Importance of archeology to the student of his-
tory is now fully recognised. The science is establishing
its claims more fully year by year, and especially since it has
become allied with Geology which furnishes the necessary time
scale and with palaeontology which supplies the scale of life.
The branch of inquiry which only a few years ago dealt with
isolated fragments of knowledge, with disjointed portions of
the framework of human history, now essays to add in building
up the entire skeleton of that history, and, with the aid of the
allied sciences of Ethnology and Psychology, in clothing it
with the integuments of a living reality.
America is talcing a noteworthy part in this rehab-
ilitation of the race and fortunately is most helpful just
where the Old World is weakest. In America the past of man,
for the most part at least, connects directly with the present
and with the living. Each step backward in culture is a step
f-
out from a well established and fully understood base and theft
is thus no baffling gap between history and prehistory, as in
the Old World.
In America all the steps of culture from the highest
to the lowest, within the native range, are to be observed among
the living peoples, and we are thus able to avoid many of the
snares of speculation with respect to what men have thought
and men have done under the greatly diversified conditions of
.
of primitive existence*
In .America the conditions are simple* The antiq-
uities of a region represent in a large measure the early his-
tory of the known peoples of that region* There have not
been the successive occupations, the racial in t ©mingling© ,f
the obscuring and obliteration of phenomena that so seriously
embarrass the student of the ancient nations of the Old World*
The stone age and the red race stand practically alone within
the filed of study,
%
In America the high water mark of culture barely
reached the lower limit of civilisation. In the Old World the
fuller representation of man's career is above that limit so
that America can be expected to assist, especially, in building
up the substructure of biman history; she can be expected to
furnish a fuller reading of the early chapters of culture progress-
than any other region of the world*
f
The position of fee aboriginal America in the fi&ld
of culture history and the area of that history which American
• . .
’
.
.
-
’ • ' ' ! . '•
ft'-
. ■
'
J • •• ■
,
archeology, as well as American ethnology can he expected to
illuminate is clearly indicated in the accompanying diagram*
represented by the five spaces which, beginning below, are,
(l) the stage of prehuman development through and out of which
the race arose; (2) the savage stage in which humanity took
definite shape; (3) the barbarous stage in which the powerful
nations were founded, and systems of record were developed;
(4) the civilised stage in which higher culture was achieved,
and (5) the enlightened stag©, reached as yet only by a limited
number of nations* The idea of time is not involved in this dia-
gram* The stages of progress thus become the scale on which the
cultural achievements of any race or people in its struggle
In this diagram the whole field of human history is
upward may be laid down. It enables us to show just what rel-
ative place is taken by each race of people and just how much
and at what points each can contribute to the history of man;
for human history as. writ t en is a composite made up of the
separate histories of many peoples of all grades of develop-
ment, set together as a mosaic.
The fan- shaped figure, A, in the diagram, may be
taken to express the history of the race, that is the whole
of human progress from the slender beginnings of the savage
stage up to its greatest expansion at the present day. the same
figure may stand with equal propriety for the career of a single
people cr nation that has reached the highest limit of culture.
s
As shown in the diagram, the beginning of cultural development
is represented by a few slender threads of activity* in savagery
these threads multiply slowly into a considerable number and
with ever accelerated rapidity divide and subdivide in barbar-
ism md civilisation, expanding with marvelous rapidity in the
horizon of enlightenment. While this expanding figure may he
■
1
■
A
( -■
- ; '
regarded as expressing the growth of human culture it may also
symbolize the development of the race in numbers and in physical
perf action*
The figure indicated by B may stand for the career
of a people of the lowest existing order of culture f such as the
Puegians 6r Andamanese — peoples which can contribute to gen-
eral history only in a very limited range, since their career
traverses only the lower half of the filed of savagery. It is
to be noted, however, that those lowly peoples can contribute
much more fully to this particular stage of the history of pro-
gress than can ariy of the nations that have passed this stage
and have arisen to higher levels.
The field covered by the American ro.ce is outlined in
0. Uncertain and indefinite in the beginning stages the traces
being hardly legible on account of the absence of records and
the insufficiency of archeological research, it developed up-
ward stopping Just short of the level of civilisation. Many
-■ .
; i •.
■
strands of culture had appeared and had grown strong but writ-
ing had not been achieved and other arts peculiar to eiviliza-
tion had not made their appearance. Within this field American*-
ists pursue their studies and make their contributions to the
i
history of the race and of developing civilization* Above this
3tage they find nothing and below only meager and uncertain
t raves of the beginning stages? of human culture. The arched-
A
h^/'Vv'
ogist finds within this limited American field extensive nhenom-
\
ena relating to the various branches of barbarian activity and
especially to such as leave their traces in objective form.
Prominent among these branches are the acquirement of the raw
materials of culture, including agriculture , hunting, fishing,
quarrying and mining; the shaping of implements end utensils;
the building arts, metallurgy, sculpture, ceramics, the textile
arts, the graphic arts and writing,
religious arts, personal adornment,
war, games , culinary arts,
the decorative arts, etc.
These groups of phenomena as exhibited in America have been the
■
• ,
' ■ '
.
'
.
.
‘
■
' .’v.
. • . ' 'N ■
■ «. ■
■ ' •• • :
, ,• •
>
'
'
.
••
-
;■
. v
■h
; •
'
••
>
. i
-- '
-
'
subject of earnest study "by a large number of scholars and already
i
a great body of data relating to them has been collected end
an extensive literature is in existence,
^UABHYIHG AHD MIHXHGr — Much of the history of the activities
concerned in the acquisition of the raw materials of subsistence
and the arts is best studied among existing peoples. This is
f
especially true of hunting and fishing, the gathering of wild
fruits and groins, and agriculture, but archeology can alone
be depended upon to tall the story of the industries concerned
with developing the mineral resources. These activities es-
caped the observation of the conquerors and colonists and were
discontinued so abruptly that very meager records of their op-
eration have been preserved. The story of the struggles of
primitive man in exploiting the valleys and mountains and in ex-
tracting the staple materials of the stoneage culture from their
rooky beds forma one of the most interesting and important
chapters in the history of incipient civilization. With only
stone, bone, and wood for implements the aborigines attached the
massive strata breaking up solid bodies of flint, quarts ,
' t
obsidian, jasper, etc., for implements and carving out huge
monoliths from the living rock for building and sculpture.
A study of the American mines and quarries gives us a vivid
conception of the strength and persistency of the forces that
underlie human development, and of the difficulties encountered
by the race in carrying culture upward through the stone age
to the higher level of the age of metal. The shaping of the
stone into implements and utensils necessarily followed the worU;
wvV‘ ,v-
ji
of the quarryxnen and the story of the work is clearly told in
many lands, but America's contributions to the history of this
most important branch of activity are exceptionally full and
satisfactory.
AitCI II Tk C T Hits — Aboriginal architecture in America teaches the'
initial lessons of the development of this branch of culture
with exceptional clearness beginning at the lowest stage and
carrying it up (about [to, the level of the keys cone arch. The
present period displays a wide range of phenomena representing
the elementary form': of bulling*, and post Columbian chronicles
give us glimpses of the higher development that came under the
observation of the Spanish conquerors, but arched ogle remains
supplement the lessons of the historic period* he find construe*
tions of great variety and of remarkable preservation in the
Mississippi Valley, in the pueblo country, on the Mexican
plateau, in Yucatan, Guatemala, Honduras, end in South America*
By the aid of these we see how the midden and the earth mound
develop into the pyramid with its multiple stairways of cut
stone; how the walls change from irregularly placed stone and
clay covered wicker to massive structures of accurately hewn stone
how the chamber spaces, ceiled at first with went timbers sub-
ject to quick decay are spanned later by the offset arch of
stone* ue see supported on this native arch the concrete roof
so massive to defy the earthquake and support the forests of
successive centuries; we see the multiplication cf stories,
tier on tier; we see the spanned space limited at first to a
few feet, increase indefinitely to the many vaulted roof support-
-?
I
ad by .a wilderness of limestone columns j we see walls within
and
without decorated with symbolic
sculptures, a single build-
ing presenting thousand of square yards of embellished sur-
face, lofty false fronts, and roof crests being raised to af-
ford space for the exercise of the native genius.
These are chapters in the
evolution of the building
arts not taught with equal clearness and fullness in any other
part of the world. Beside the direct lessons of the art of
architecture which bear upon its own history, many side lights
are thrown upon other branches of primitive culture - mural
decorations, sculpture and furnishings, as well as the organ-
ization of society, r ©lagoons beliefs and systems or writing,
SCULPTURE — Sculpture reached its highest development in
Greece, but the stages through which the art passed are but
m eagerly recorded in the axis ting art of Hellas, The earlier
steps are represented by isolated bits in many places, but th©
primitive phases of the art are no where so fully developed m h
f ■
in America, We have here a vast body of material covering every
stage from the very ’beginning of stone shaping up to full
relief and realistic portrayal of the human subject* Uo people
known to us lias within the culture range of the Americans shown
such a versatility and power with the hammer and chisel, non©
<
that has embodied in stone a mythology so rich in imagery, in-
!
eluding as it does the forms of men, beasts, monsters and cosmic
phenomena of many hinds. With the work of the living peoples
as a lcey the archeologist has spread out before him as in an
open bock the whole story of the evolution of sculptural phe-
nomena as manifested within the horizon of barbarism.
MSTAIiLUUGY -- The utilization of metals is among the most i
port ant activities of civilized man and has boon a chief agency
in the development of culture and especially in gigantic for-
ward steps of recent years. Although the genrrul course of it
development and the relation of its successive at ages of pro-
gress are well made out much remains to be learned, and in till
»
direction America is able to make the moot valued contributions.
-
• '■
■ .1 •
■ •
• •
*.■ .. * . T.
V •
v •*'-
; ;
- n*
Historically we learn something of the metal work of the
American aborigines. Tin, lead, and iron were little known
and the smelting of ores wa3 in its infancy but gold, copper,
and silver were ©xtenaiv ly employed when the Spaniards arrived,
and these metals were forged, fused, cast, alloyed, plated
and otherwise handled with a skill that astonished the con-
querors. Archeology verifies the statements of historians
and adds much to our knowledge of methods of manipulation
and of the forms produced in the primitive stages of culture,
not only for the Western continent but for the general history
of the subject at those periods where the records in the old
world are most defective,
CERAMICS — Of art in clay we may say much the sarnie as of sculpt-
ure. Ho people known to us has furnished such a vast body of
material for the study of this art from its beginning© up to
the level of glass and the wheel as have the pre-Columbian
American©. The clay took on a multitude of forms in which were
.A
■
■
■ .1, .. .
J «. ' '
■
' / ' ■" ' - ‘
■ I
'
embodied a wide range of xrorthologic.and esthetic concepts.
WRIT IMG AHD THE GRAPHIC ARTS — To the history of writing
aboriginal America makes many contributions, and these as in
the other cases referred to are within that part of the history
of progress where old world evidence is least satisfactory.
In the old world we trace the history of writing back step
by step to near the beginning of the glyphic system; in the
new world we pass back from the lower margin <frf the glyphic
to the very beginning of the graphic, thus completing the col-
umn of progress in the evolution of the recording arts.
With a knowledge of the present and pre-historic phase
of picture writing it is easy to interpret and utilise the
vast body of material in this branch furnished by archeology,
but rich as is this material, insufficient light is thrown upon
the particular state ox" development which witnessed the tran-
sition from picture writing to phonic -writing, and archeologists
find here one of the most fascinating field© of research* The
,
: .
!
..
o
'
great body o? evidence brought before the conquering 3 uropeana
was not appreciated by them, but rudely destroyed and now the
d'V ;*4>*W*« C
remains, ^rchii-t-eetu-ral and sculptural, are being gathered to-
gether and studied in the most painstaking manner by our schol-
ars, who hope almost against hope to find a sufficient key
'
to solve the problem. Within the same cluster of graphic
phenomena which gave birth to writing we have evidence bearing
upon other important branches. Here we get glimpses of the
history of the calendar; here we find traces of the pictorial
art which had not yet reached the stage of light and shade,
perspective, and portraiture, .and discover many gems of .era-
(r-ftll'
b ellishment mythologies and esthetic.
Although many of the obscure problems arising in
this American field have been successfully worked out, many
i
others are still awaiting the attention of Americanists and will
no doubt yield little by little to their persistent efforts.
Tne greater unsolved problems of aboriginal America
>
are chiefly those of race origins, of culture origins, and of
•* V •
.» - * *■
/f , '• l '
1 . *.
i :
;■ ' ■
■
chronology* These problems do not relate so much to Partic-
ular nations as to the history of the rac© as a whole; not
so much to peculiar or local cultures as; to the origin -and
evolution of the native activities; not so much to tribal or
national chronology as to correlations of race and culture
history with the geological time scale.
With respect to race and racial characters American
archeology has as yet little to add to what may be learned
from studies of the living peoples. So far as observed the
variations in type of fossil forms do not extend decidedly
b eyond the range of variation observed among the living. It
has been sought to establish a palaeo-American type in South
\
America but we are not at all certain that a sufficient com-
parative study of the osseous Terrains of the present peoples
of the world has been made to warrant a satisfactory determi-
nation* Conservatism is especially desirable in any attempt
to establish new racial types or special orders of culture.
Regarding race origin it may be said that there Is
■
■
-
■■■ . ■
still room for speculation. Opinion seems, however t to be
settling lown to the view that the American race, as it stands
today, is not autochthonous but is an offshoot of Asiatic
peoples more or less diverse in character originally and arriv-
ing in America, mainly at least, by the Bering strait route and
this not abruptly but in the normal course of race distribu-
tion from the natal habitat, and in time extending over untold
centuries. Americanists have here a difficult, a perplexing,
but a most fascinating field cf research.
Today one of the moat absorbing questions encountered
by the student of American archeology is that of the origin
of the aboriginal cultures. Some regard these cultures as
autochthonous, others nave looked for their source in many
different parts of the world. Although as yet no final conclu-
sion can be announced we may assume that along with -the in-
coming peoples, all or most of whom must have been extremely
primitive dwellers of the far north, there came the simplest
V
f.
j 'ir.
>'
' .
•>
V J
.
forms of the arts of hunting, fishing, shelter building, and the
preparation of food; that from these elements, under the in-
fluence of more southerly environment a there arose in time di-
versified culture groups such as are now under investigation
in varius parts of the continent. We cannot but admit, however,
the plausibility of the theory that ocean wanderers from other
lands have now and then reached American shores bringing with
them the germs of distinct cultures, and further, that the
characteristics of the art phenomena in certain centers of pro-
gress are such as to give countenance to this idea. This is a
most interesting and important branch of archeological research,
and one with which archeologists must at this stage particular-
ly concern themselves.
Archeology furnishes a vast amount of interesting data
regarding the states of culture of the American race, but we
note that in all the researches so far conducted no traces of
culture phenomena have been found which extend below - on the
one hand, or above on the other - the range observed among the
.
r;
■
living and historic tribes* There is nothing so unique that it
might not belong to the nown tribes or their immediate ances-
tors* It has been sought to differentiate a paleolithic cul-
ture and period in America but without tangible result. So far
as the use of the ter s ‘’paleolithic11 and M. eolithic11 art con-
cerned they my both be omitted from the literature of American
archeology without loss If not to possible advantage. The sim-
plest forms of stone implements occur everywhere in connection
with the moat highly developed forms and neolithic forms are-
report ed from formations of nearly all periods back to the
earliest that have been observed.
In America and especially in Berth America we have
sought almost in vain to establish a definite chronology of
man and culture. Evidence of antiquity is not wanting but
when we try to adjust the phenomena to the geological time
scale we meet with indifferent success. Hundreds of ancient
caves have been searched with only negative results; glacial
gravels have been examined with great care but the returns are
exceedingly meager; river terraces, and kitchen midden deposits,
r ■ r *
yield nothing of particular value, and the results, when viewed
as a whole, instead of enlightening the mind, fill it rather
with confusion. It is within the bounds of possibility that
this confusion may in a measure toe due to the presence ?n
America of an autochthonous race element. The contributions of
American archeology in this department are not to toe ompared
with those of the Old World where on all hands definite chron-
ological results are forthcoming. That America may yet furnish
contributions of importance in this branch of enquiry is, how-
ever, well within the bounds of possibility.
It is %hus seen that there are in America numerous
wueationa awaiting solution and there is vagueness in many
places, tout notwithstanding this the results of our archeological
investigations arc on the whole most gratifying; each year the
areas of the uncertain and the unknown are being reduced; and
when the results achieved are supplemented toy the rich materials
furnished by a study of the living peoples, they must go far
■: •• ' • • - -
<
'
■
,
< ,
■
■
.
.
toward illuminating the pages of the story A which the Old World
has been gradually hut surely revealing.
Viewing the whole field of prehistorioal research
we are struck with the fact that the past of man is rapidly dis-
closing itself to our vision , so that presently we shall be able
to look backward along the biological and cultural vistas of his
coming, and connect the present with the vanishing point of the
human perspective, with an ease and comprehensiveness little
dreamed of until now.
i (f & *
SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AHD HISTORY .
Conferences will be arranged for the discussion of prob-
lems relating to the following grand divisions of American
Anthropology and History, and more especially to the aboriginal
phases of the subject:
X. Phy s i c a 1 An th r opo logy , which considers problems of
race origin, migrations , differentiation its causes,
processes, and laws ; physical characters, anthropometry,
pathology , chronology *
II . Ethnology , which considers the problems of tribes and
stocks; language - characteristics and relationships;
social organisation - family, clan, tribe, government,
laws, etc,; religion - beliefs and practices; tech-
nology - arts and industries ; ■ ae;. hi »i©S - embellish-
ing arts ,
XIX . Archeology, which deals especially with problems of
c u 1 tu r a 1 history an d c h ro no logy *
IV. General Pan-American Anthropology, which may consider
racial components and nationalities ,
present conditions and tendencies; eugenics - pur-
t
poseful selection, possibilities of stirplculture .
V.
History , ge ne ral.
V
■
.
\ ,
. t.c ...
/
■
v ; ' - , i : af ■'oJjwa;-
<
.
,
■
,
V trx'.;.. 1 y.\ Jl|
✓
' . • : - , : '■ ■' j.u [ ;.. (J :j .j ' ; -v;„
.
— —
I* Cooper. lion of oeycl. olo^icnl 1/ Iona tor lee ♦
o
V
I iand&rdi *ahion of \uf tal tc.nte i'or the study of radial
dlf forenceu *
....... <hi ...... ■ _ 1 i ■ f i r
•-<•■ d their cni lo.ro » on the .' '.K-rit : . co .i Inert.
4 *
5.
?:* la t lo:\ of cental c 4. >i iliitu, and s to joo-
grapi , i c & I a/: < i eliru ti c c -j : C i t i oi \s *
Influences of -net ion l run: , alec hoi , le hr eco , ton,
ete . o the p-„. pel ..ilo; leal iune t.» .. . :. <>r dlfferer t
races *
0. The ^co’choludj of hi h 0 ,ta l . lit .
7* ILe rhyita of up -tal aevelopnen :, 1 ..if: -.reat mcei..
0* The vrlao ox t.v>, ri.;;c:hrl . . .70 2 ax.o ., nor vov u ilonal
4,ui dance *
h The ¥?.lue of ^uycliolo&y for £,eo&i phicel c,;m biological
c epic ratio
10 . The value of e:p, ..., iisenta 3 p.-, s;.:;io v I or cormereinl
propaganda.
1 * . C ..
18* The psychology of the subconscious ♦
• Hi ■ - . prex 8&B6J .. ' t ■ onaX' behaviour #■
14 1 tfii 1 i ti . #f ...... c I ologj tc « ug ■. nto© »
10* The sycholoty of the apes.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
February is ,1905
I have the honor to make the f oil owing report on the
meeting of the Congress of Americanists held at Stuttgart, Germany,
oh
August 18-23, 1904, which I attended as an delegate fasam. the
Smithsonian Institution in accordance with directions contained in
the Secretary11 s letter of May 3, 1904. In addition to the
commission received from the Institution I was instructed to make
certain studies in the museums of Europe, having in view the
interests of the Institution in the preparation of plans for the
new Museum building, as provided in the Assistant Secretary’s letter
of July 12r 1904. I was also the duly accredited representative at
the Congress of the American association for the advancement of
Science and the National Geographical Society.
T ^1 sailed from New Yo^jc^gn July 26 j in company with Mr.
J . R. Marshall of the firm of Hornblower and Marshall , architects
of the new Museum building, and reached Plymouth, England,
August 1. Nine days were spent in visiting the museums- of London,
Oxford and? Cambridge , and eight days in similar wrork in Paris, and
on August 18th. I reached Stuttgart. The opening session of the
Congress was held in the forenoon of thatday and was attended by
a large number of members and other prominent persons
including the King of Wur'tenbergi who in response to the ad-
dress of the President of the Congress', Dr von den Stienen,
expressed at length his appreciat ion of the aims and work of
the Congress, and his pleasure at having th.e present session
held in his capital city - Stuttgart. A report of the meeting
of the Congress held in New York City in 1902 was read by
Dr Pranz Boas, of the Natural History Museum, New York, and
other routine Business was transacted. The Congress was in-
vited to take luncheon with the King in his suburban palace
and many members of the Congress and their friends attended.
Afterwards a reception was held in the palace gardens. The
King’s interest was highly appreciated and contributed much to
the success of the Congress. Sessions were held on the 19th,
20th, 22nd, 23rd and 24th, and a large number of papers were
read dealing in the main with questions of American history,
ethnology and archeology, the program being as follows:
\
\
X
■
■
,
.
*
■
■
Program
Friday August 19 .
Prof, Dr E.Fraas:
Comparison of the Jurassic Formation of
.America and Europe ,
Dr Hans Meyer:
Historic Man in the Andean Regions of Equa-
torial South America.
Dr Henri Froidevaux:
A New Chapter in the History of the Fili-
busters of the Antilles (The Filibus-
ters of Darien during the 18th Century)
Dr Angvar Nielsen:
The Relations of Norway with Greenland and
North America During the Middle Age and
their Repetition in the 18th Century.
Dr W . Rugs :
A Globe of Gemma Frisius.
Dr August Wolkenhauer : Was the Magnetic Declination Before Col-
Prof. Dr Lejeal:
umbus First Voyage (1492) as a Matter of
Fact Unknown' ,
The Memoirs of Fray Toribio, Motolinia.
Prof, Jos. Fischer, S.J. The Cartography of the Discoveries of
the Normans in Ame ica,
Saturday August 20
Dr Owan Bloch:
L* origin© de la Syphilis (Morbus americanus)
Prof. W.H. Holmes:
Contributions of American Archeology to
the Science of Man,
Dr Clements E. Markham: The Megalithic Age in Peru,
Dr Jonkheer van Panhuys: The Last Dutch Expedition to Surinam
Comte G. de Crequi:
The Excavations of the French Mission to ,
Ti almanac o ,
Comte G. de Crequi:
The Excavations of the prehistoric Necrop-
olis of Cal ama . The At ac am as .
'
■
■
■
•< .
■
. .
.
■
■
:
-
Herr Meyer:
The Art of the Chinguin Indians.
Dr A. Plagemann:
Report upon the Chilian Pintados
Dr Eduard Seler:
The Grunstein Idol of the Stuttgart
Museum.
Dr Eduard Seler:
The Ancient Inhabitants of the Castle
of Teayo .
Dr Walter Le liman n:
A Chapter from Mexican Mythology.
Tuesday August 23
Dr Waldeiaar Jochelson:
Concerning the Asiatic and American
Elements in the Myths of the Koriaken.
Prof. Waldemar Bogoras :
Religious Ideas of Primitive man,
from Chukchee Material.
Dr P. Ehrenreich:
Distribution and. Migration of the
Myths of the South American Peeples
and their Connection with those of
North American and the old World.
Prof. Robert Lehmann:
European Stories Among the Araucaneans
of Argentina.
Dr L. C. van Panhuys:
A European Custom of Pagan Times
brought over to America. (Halloween
at Chicago)
Mr William Thalbitzer:
Eskimo Dialects and Mgr at ions.
Rev. Charles W, Currier:
The Indian Languages of the United
St cites .
M. Pablo Patron
General Writings of America
M. de la Grasserie
On the Tehuelehe Language.
Besides myself,
representing the Smithsonian Institution,
the American National Geographic Society and the American
Monday August 22
Prof. Dr K. Sapper:
Manners and Customs of the Pokonohi
Indians,
Dr Pranz Boas:
Influence of the Social foundation of
the Kwakiutl upon their Culture,
•>
Dr K. T. Preuss:
r
Sun Feast of the Old Mexican and the
Moki.
*
Prof. Dr Pritz Regel:
Remarks Concerning the Residue of the
Wild Tribes of the West Antioguia,
Dr van Panhuys:
Observations on the Ornaments of the
Primitive People of Dutch Guiana,
Herr Meyer:
The Art of the Chinguin Indians.
Dr A Plagemann:
Report upon the Chili m Pintados,
Dr Eduard Seler:
The Grunstein Idol of the Stuttgart Museum
Dr Eduard Seler:
The Ancient Inhabitants of the Castle of
Teavo .
Dr Walter Lehmann:
A Chapter from Mexican Mythology.
Tuesday August 23.
Dr Waldemar Jochelson: Concerning the Asiatic and American
Elements in the Myths of the Koriaken,
J Prof. Waldemar Bogoras: Religious Ideas of Primitive man, from
Ch ukc he e Mat e r i al .
Dr P, Ehrenreich: Distribut ion and Migration of the Myths of
the South American Peoples and their Con-
nection with those of North America and
the Old World*
Prof. Robert Lehmann:
European Stories Among the Araucaneans
of Argentina.
Dr L, C. van Panhuys:
A European Custom of Pagan Times brought
Over to America. (Halloween at Chicago)
Mr William Thalbitzer:
Eskimo Dialects and Migrations,
Rev. Charles W. Currier : The Indian Languages of the United
St ates »
:
\ .
M. Pablo Patron General Writings of America
M. de la Grasserie On the Tehualche Language ,
Besides myself , representing the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, the American national Geographic Society and the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, there were present
from America, the Duke of Loubat , patron of American Archeologi-
cal researches, 35 r Pranz Boas, representing the natural History
Museum, new York, and the Reverend G. W. Currier, representing
the Catholic University of America, Washington. England was
represented hy Sir Charles Markham of London, Prance "by Lr
E, T. Heray, of Paris, Holland "by Lr L. C. van Panhuys of the
Hague, and Sweden hy Lr HJXmar Stolpe .
On the 20th I had the honor to preside at the meeting
and in the afternoon delivered an address on "Contributions
of American Archeology to the Science of Man." A copy
of the address accompanies this report. At the close of the
address I had the pleasure of presenting to the Congress a ibis
of 75 hound volumes relating mainly to American archeology
and ethnology published by the Smithsonian Institution, and its
two bureaus - the National Museum and the Bureau of American
Ethnology, for which the President extended the thanks of the
Congress. The list of publications presented is as follows:
• ■
. :
'
'
<•
.
■
jt '
.
'
List of Publications '
k
Boehmer ,
Pre -historic Naval Architecture of the North of
Europe .
Pewkes .
Archeological Expedition to Arizona in 1895.
Pewkes .
Two Summers Work in Pueblo Ruins.
Powke .
Areheologic Investigation in James and Potomac
Valleys,
Powke .
Stone Art.
Gann .
Mounds of Northern Honduras
Hen shaw.
Animal Carvings from Mounds of the Mississippi
Valley .
Hen shaw.
Perforated Stones from California
Holden.
Central American Picture Writing
Holmes .
Ancient Art of the Province of Chiriqui
Holmes .
Ancient Art of the Province of Chiriqui
Holmes .
.Ancient Pottery of the Mississippi Valley
Ho line s .
Ancient Quarry in Indian Territory
Holmes .
Anthropological Studies in California
Holmes .
Art in Shell of the Ancient Americans
Holmes .
Development of the Primal Shaping Arts.
Holmes .
Plint Implements and Possil Remains from a
Sulphur Spring at Aft on.
Holmes ,
Porm and Ornament in Ceramic Art
Holmes ,
Illustrated Catalogue of Collections * 1881
Holmes .
Pottery of the Ancient Pueblos.
Holmes .
Prehistoric Textile Art of Eastern United State
Holmes .
Study of Textile Art.
Holmes .
Textile Pabrics of Ancient Peru
Holmes *
Aboriginal Pottery of the Eastern United States
Jouy .
Korean Mortuary Pottery
.
■
.
■
.
-
■
>
4 •
'
f
•
'
■
'
■
.
’
■
Hough.
Hough .
McGuire .
McGuire .
Mindeleff .
Mindeleff.
MinedlefT.
Mindeleff.
Mindeleff.
Muniz & McGee.
Hau.
Thomas .
Thomas .
♦
Thomas .
Thomas .
Thomas ,
i
Thomas .
Thomas .
Thomas ,
Thomas .
Thomas
Archeological Field Work in north Eastern Arizona
Museum Gates Expedition, of 1901.
The Lamp of the Eskimo .
Pipes and Smoking Customs of the American. Aborigi-
ne s .
Study of the Primitive Methods of Drilling.
Aboriginal Remains in Verde Valley
Casa Grande Ruin, 1890.
Casa Grande Ruin, 1891.
Cliff Ruins of Canyon da Chelly
Pueblo Architecture
Primitive Trephining in Peru.
Lapidarian Sculptures
Burial mounds
Catalogue of Pre -historic Works
Circular Square and Octagonal Earthworks
*
t.
Lay Symbols of the Maya Year
Manuscript Troano
Maya and Mexican Manuscripts
(The) Maya Year
Mayan Calendar Systems
Mayan Calendar Systems II
Mound Explorations
.
‘
■
'
■
-
;
.
.
.
'
A
Abbott, .
Stone Age in Hew Jersey
Bransf ord.
Archeological Researches in Nicaragua
Carr.
Mounds of the Mississippi Valley
Dali.
Remains of Later Prehistoric Man from Alaska
and the Caves of the Aleutian Islands
Pewkes .
Archeological Pield V/ork in Arizona
Pewkes .
Archeological Trip to the West Indies
Pewkes ,
Expedition to the Pueblo Ruins near Winslow,
Arizona.
Pewkes .
Cliff Villages of the Red Rock.
Gillman.
Certain Characteristics Pertaining to Ancient
Man in Michigan.
Gillman.
Mound Builders in Michigan
Halos 1 ,
Sculptures of Santa Lucia C o sumalwhuap a , Guatemala
Haven .
Archeology of the United States
Holmes .
Development of the Primal. Shaping Arts
Holmes .
Evidence Relating to Auriferous Gravel Mai in
Gal if ornia.
Holmes .
Eossil Human Remains near Lansing, Kansas.
Jones ,
Aboriginal Remains of Tennessee/
Lapham.
Antiquities of Wisconsin
Mason.
Guesde Collection of Antiquities in Points -a-Pitre
Mason .
Lattimer Collection of Antiquities from Porto
Rico .
Mayer.
Observations on Mexican History and Archeology
Packard
Pre-Columbian Copper Mining in America
Pickering
On the Gliddon Mummy Case in the National Museum.
>
•
-
'
■
■
■
V
■■ u
■
■
r
■
'
■
■
■
’
■
.
1
Articles on Anthropological Subjects, 1863-77.
Prehistoric Fishing in Europe and North America.
Archeological Collection of the United States
National Museum.
Palenque Tablet in the United States National
Museum.
Whittlesey Ancient Mummy on the Shores of Lake Superior.
Whittlesey Descriptions of Ancient Works in Ohio.
i also presented to the Congress a set of 66 photo-
graphs of American Indians, the series taken conjointly by the
Bureau of American Ethnology and the National Museum, of the
delegations of aborigines which visited Washington during the
winter of 1903-4. The following tribes are represented:
Tribes •
Sioux Yankton
Yakima
Sioux Sisseton
Onondaga
Sioux Oglala
Seneca
Sioux Santee
Kickapoo
Iowa
T/enatchi
Muskogee Creek
Klamath
Sac and Fox
Oneida
Nez Perce
Omaha
Navaho
Tuscarora
Osage
Cayuga
Rau.
Rau.
Rau.
Rau.
-
,
’
■ ■ . ■
, :
*
'
■
*
■
:) ' • v-'.r:
-
. - -
:
■
Yarious excursions were made to points of interest,
%
the principal one being to Schaff hausen, Switzerland, to visit
the site of Dr. J. MueschTs recent explorations of ancient lake
dwelling stations. On the 22nd I found it necessary to
leave Stuttgart in order to meet Dr. A. B. Meyer of the Dresden
Museum, consultation with him. being a leading feature of my
museum program. Although about to set out for a summer
vacation in the Alps, Dr. Meyer consented to await my arrival
on that day.
After leaving Dresden a number of cities in Germany,
, »
Holland, and Belgium were visited with a view to Museum study, .
and on August 12th, I returned to Paris and on the 25th sailed
from Cherburg, en route to Hew York. Between the date of my
arrival in Plymouth August 1, and my departure from Paris Septem
ber 25, I visited and made studies of upwards of 50 museums, the
observations made being embodied in a separate report to be
submitted at a later date.
l)m.r : ir;
i^r
On Monday# Meeoaher 27th, at 08 20 the members of
ill® Organising Committee of the line teen th Intern# Uonal Gongrtss
of Americanists, With such past -off leers of the Congress n
then he present in -ashing to n, will acet in Kao® 42, United 1 tries
Motional fancy®, for the Initial or Constituting Meeting of the
Congress , and your presence is earnestly realms ted*
Hie proceedings of tills meeting will consist of (1) a
brief greeting bp the Chairman of the Organising Co mi i Lee; (2)
the delivery of authority by an officer of the last Congress ; (£}
trie election of the Permanent bureau; (4) the d< finite spool , tetri
of honorary officers ; end ( fu rm olutiors, and individual niloro.
Hi# officers elected at 1 U $ .npdlrmed at th®
Inaugural Meeting, wnich will be held the i.nm day &% l;3c p*
in the Auditorium of the United d,t tea National uiiuarg will in-
elude the entire Organising (tonal ttft#* with tew President of tit©
Congress, tew honorary officer,, and such additional members ms
-;"M'" h® ■ ‘-l-cct-v | Hi®#® I I 1 © Mil U btltf e Win# ttl# C#TO I
>
of the Cong rent*
- i ; *' ■ it x fill X | % : : \ .. | | ,■ ri U ■ ® $f ®$ ;; . | ....
at 9*00 o’clock (in the room in *:• ich flie Initial Meeting tas hold)
an« again irraodi&tely before the closing nesting on Friday, fceea^
her 21, at 4 1 00 p * n .
finely details, particularly Urn <fat#s* in order
that further special notice® siry not bo aede-afery* four presence
■ ® w 1 : 1 1® I ■ m* U # $ id i i pi o 1 1 1 : If tl t tnl ill l ..... ii
c 1 os 1 ng f- i uni ons , is o f urge i , t
' ■ ' kUi *## i - a . #£ n ?; ... ...;.: I ,; I
.
\ ' -7
• '
. i
■
i
i
■
..
* .
.
/
.
-
.
■
.
■
\
*
*
'
.
mi J^KBTlUaiTH liimEKATXOi'Ja G om^L OF
AMEEIG JURISTS.
W ., \ °| t V” ^k. ) j
ft- 'Auv.- Ce^
A l$*t
It my not be generally understood that there are two
important end distinct scientific congresses meeting in Wash-
ington during tne holiday season - the L in© teenth International
Congress of Americanists and the Second Pan American Scientific
Congress 3 and that allied with these congresses are more than a
dozen other scientific bodies of national scope and distinction*
Those affiliated with the Americanists comprise* besides Section
I * Anthropology , of the fan American, the American Anthropological
Association, the American FolP-hore society, the ' nerican histori-
cal Association, and the l rota eo logical Institute of America*
The Congress of Americanists is one of the oldest inter-
national scientific organisations in existence, having for over
oe in the estlaatl
tor - d an Iff , ban ;,eu, /broad, nr well
republics, it is patronized arid encouraged by the national
rulers and its sessions are usually honored by the presence
of the President or monarch anhof the leading officials of the
government* It assembles at two-year 1 tervalb, alternately
in America and the Old ..oriel, and has for its object the dis-
cussions of all matters' that relate to American anthropology,
archeology , ethnology, folklore, history, and linguistics*
The original date set for the dashing ton meeting or sonsio v
of the Americanists , was October 5, 1014, but the war having
just opened, it was decided to ;.oct, ft W t&M mi -nlo n &&%£% a more
propitious tine m tt»i U ■ :,ciai delegates and otfeftl* fro®
could better attend; but the war continuing, a fully
satisfactory time; seemed t.> be far In the future and in oon~
ml
oXSoq.,
aid nsol«i.
to .
W ai fa&jlc v,
o'i, ^rtl vdii tOO;.
0 ‘>.i iS tv .acjj?:. *
v a it* xii aid i'lan
Um i>tU yd ho^.r-.m
W ant uc b "no:;o.d. i^X*
\oiVK o.ti xoA
■j3 < -j X a v*| at i *i j 3 v y- o wt
V-1^ not jsri biv% x\
n <j o la am •'• ot oi : j X ,fi . ti.
* i>XU3 , ^xojmila |H *
' ®rit *iot ta
yt « ItX yodotsi , a
anO,.tAO... oi D?i..dlQ\
v->iab islotvio Diit tp
*XJ9W aiii tild ji>
'y nl <vt a
\
sequence , it was decided by the 09gjMti*ix!! t'o. :.il cud
the Congress here this winter, at the mm date as tin- Pan
American Scientific Congress and other related societies. The
rosberahlp of the two congresses, being largely in. com 'ion,
delegates would be enabled to attend both ieetirg s , arid a series
of joint nestings have been arranged.
The sessions for the presentation of scientific papers will
be held in the rational ru reus beginnl g .an day afternoon, fee-
« .ibcr1 f?th, Pur cuuGnuI ig until ftMtrn , . ;ciu
Mbits of high scientific in tercet a&ve been arranged for the
meeting, and will occupy the ground floor of the 2-luseuoa.
I if p p3 : 1 1 OClltJ - 1 i ..... g
Regents and Secretary of the Institution at the
national , us cum on Pedreudey evening, Leceaber 25 th 5 a dinner
at the Courjot club on Thursday evening, December 50th; and &
reception by the .lee rotary ol the -uolUironian Ii stitution, us
President of the local branch of tut rehacolowieal Institute
of fnerica, in the Ida in Hall of the - oitiuontan Institution on
the afternoon of Friday, . uce.afor 51st.
Patron arid
They' principal officers of the Congress are :
Patron , the President of the United 'totes.
Pro el dent, trie Honorable , John f. Footer, lx- ■ c rotary of
Stirtaf X'ir X,p n.p ter U, ; i taulm; ,, i . ,y-
; ■ M fcfi ::,s Spain, u;u i 1 : i g h • |
to Grout Britain and Russia; member Hague Peace Conference; eu*
President ashing ton nociety of the IrcheeolwgieaX Institute,"
etc , , etc .
.
■ . ■ ■ .
9
' ■■ ■- v • • • • »
■
.
■
■; ■ t i , ,
• •
‘
■
■
fl
" S ■" : ,;y;, . - . ' > ; i ■
'
• , ' TJ '-1
■
■
. \
.
'
■
<■
Mono ro ry P rvc i dents %
Ifrs Chari e© I. • .fleott, eorei ary of the Smithsonian
f no ti
rr# clr ronce a5. Boore, ' Archeolo^i&i, Philadelphia.
I * i*o f eo k. y r V, 1 1 x i as H * I • o litas , i ; ea ci C ura to r , Depa rt* t • t
of lu:fr ropoloi^g, United f-.to.fce© National ; .as cun.
treasurer. Hr* • cc . < eat, • oil ier f of f;tc
fawioifil Bank of rimahlngtoifc*
Sec retail, Br. Alta f rui.icka, Curator, LI via ion of
i, to. ,o tM national &su©mu
Headquarter©, 0. f. national Mnuem.
. ...... . . ; . .
■
'
,
*
’ ' - . . • „
-
.
.
.
*
Washington,
y
■
■
■
• i uai
'
* ' 3
' .
.
j I
,
.
, ,
J
■
’
.
■
-
.
l
'
.
■ ■
•
\
.
‘
■
.
'
■
.
ft
t I? I I I I I .
■
RANDOM RECORDS CF A LIFETIME
DEVOTED TO SCIENCE ADD ART, 1846-1931
BY W. H. HOLMES
LIST OF VOLUMES
Volume I. Brief Biography, Positions Held, Loubat Prizes,
Medals, etc., Societies and Clubs, Bibliography.
II. Explorations, Episodes and Adventures,
Expositions and Congresses.
III. Part I, Yellowstone Explorations, 1872.
Part II, Yellowstone Explorations, 1878.
IV. Part I, Colorado Explorations, 1873, 74, 75, 76 & 87.
Part II, The Cliff Dwellers.
V. Europe 1879-80; Grand Canyon of the Colorado;
Explorations in Mexico with Jackson and the Chains;
Colorado with Powell and Langley, 1887.
VI. Aboriginal Bowlder Quarries, Pi ney Branch, D. C.f
Soapstone Quarries, Paint Mines, and Lay Figure
Groups .
VII. The Chicago Venture, University Exposition, The
Field Museum, Yucatan, Return to Washington, 1892-97.
VIII. Cuba with Powell; Jamaica with Langley; Mexico with
Gilbert and Dutton; California with McGee; Physical
Anthropology , Hrdlicka, Gurrent work 1900.
IX. Chief Period, Bureau of American Ethnology, 1902-1910*
Visits to Stutgart and Chile 1908.
X. Transfer to the Museum June 10, 1910, the Guatemalian
Trip, Powell Monuments, Seventieth Birthdav Celebration
1920.
XI. Director of the Rational Gallery of Art, 1920-1931.
XII.
XIII*
XIV.
XV.
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX.
The Freer Gallery of Art.
Portraits, Smithsonian Institution.
Portraits, Bureau of American Ethnology.
Gallery of Art, and Miscellaneous.
Masterpieces of Aboriginal American Art.
Various Articles on Art and the Art Gallery
Personal.
Personal.
Personal.
National
XX.
Personal
Water Color Sketches
• '
■
■
-
I •' .
■
.
'
.’V
.
.
-
' '
.
/mmm
Wb
piift
t”. wit: Mt1".' '•
p-m.
w|y
mfo
^gjSSg^
/%#;?SUg£\ ’ C,
f mt\\ -v
mm,
sm-<-! r~-h, se\\
A\b b/' f* ''■■•ftft'r> .'Jm
//Ij^x . ,.4si!i
m^m
w%gy
;XgS2$;
*^Q 'X ft
aarl \swl
J|?P%
[f|SS-X i^s
rc7i3wo''i,
/XSI rSsE* jf-
^£J3£^
: '■'V* 1
if«A„ •Hri-v'frj
/. Xs^l-gfe?^ >\
!!',IK-_g
^5^35^4. '■*
W/ *?■ fefe:
^fester
t®lt
®%Sg» '%
.jsX X
HIP
x‘4^lil4p:
&«tt«>*;
k v filfi
u HfeSrV.) 3-' X.j^~. J^{_ 4 !j
& 4c-, \yswXf&#/
Amfii
'!%§gr
sm yyMi/l
/> . " - - r. -:^i\_ .x
,-'/ j? XX,- .'*' .-ft ^l V,
HJ-/4--..J-,. *AeSfit
S.V:4- Sgfi
;’%. fX#"P
#a®’
'is?ax .Xstsi
.
Abbot
Abbot *s
Tolman
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY
NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK
INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGES
NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART
FREER GALLERY OF ART
INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE
ALL CORRESPONDENCE
SHOULD BE ADDRESSED
TO THE SECRETARY
May 3, 1935
Dear Mrs. Holmes;
I have your letter of April 22 , and enclose herewith a copy
of a letter to the Acting Director of the National Gallery of Art
covering the situation as you present it.
I do not see why you should ever “run out of things to write
about11, for we always enjoy hearing from you.
I am glad that times are looking up a little in your neigh-
borhood, and hope that improvement will he continuous.
With kindest regards.
Secretary
Mrs. W. H. Holmes,
373 St. Clair Avenue
Crosse Point e, Mich.
% 19 3S*
3®ar Map*
1m rtll mall tot the Mtf* of to lilt mill® H* Holraee
i#po®i£#& at to I*stItot&«A Mr* Mhmn* tsmmir mm^bmkm* At Mrs.
Bteli&oc* veto**# at tot bto X Inf &&**& tar that w# too34 b# fcag^r
to pmmrm tos pmmm&Ur 1/ to ksirs tdtod to part *tgi to®
tot wf# to tot if tli® llotrt toaXd Tsefc A to roolaita tot at w& to#
m ma.m regard to mmlr «nr. to->ks as dopoaitad in to «^r of *
loan tojort to iwliato*
Map#* lotos artto «# m‘id#r feto of April 33 tot to mmld
Ito ms jntoWMft to omdUAIir of roeord m tot If «
at mm ti» to tolfesa told f«& it aMomay to ftoto to book®,
tor# told bs a# dimoaty * * to J "m sill tor#*
to»t IWOMKOO to® lotto in to ilka of to atetttol MOac? for
fmto© refsrrimo#*
Y«agr tmly ism,
a.
totowtf*
Mr* S, F* Maw,
tetoi; lmk?t
SMAoaptl toloty of Art*
iatotMjto* B.0*
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11